warthmore Swarthmore College Bulletin Catalogue Issue Volume LX X X I Number 1 September 1983 1983-1984 Directions for Correspondence SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081 David W. Fra se r GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY President H a rriso n M. W right ACADEMIC POLICY Provost ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES Robert A. Barr, Jr. Dean of Admissions Jane H. M ullin s RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS Registrar Jon L. Prim e FINANCIAL INFORMATION Vice President L e w is T. Cook, Jr. Associate Vice President — Business Affairs Luther Van U m m ersen Controller Judith Kapustin Katz CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT Director ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS Kendall Landis Vice President EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION Patricia A. Whitman Equal Opportunity Officer GENERAL INFORMATION M a ra lyn O rbison Gillespie Associate Vice President Swarthmore College does not discriminate in education or employment on the basis o f sex, race, color, age, religion, national origin, or handicap. This policy is consistent with relevant governmental statutes and regulations, including those pursuant to Title IX of the federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act o f 1973. The S w a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n (USPS 530-620), of which this is Volume LXXXI, number 1, is published in September, October, December, January, April, and August by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA 19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­ master: send address changes to S W A R T H M O R E C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n , Swarthmore, PA 19081. Printed in U.S.A. Table of Contents CALENDAR 5 INTRODUCTION 8 EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10 II III IV V ADMISSION 17 EXPENSES 20 FINANCIAL AID 22 COLLEGE LIFE 34 STUDENT COMMUNITY 39 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 44 FACULTY REGULATIONS 53 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 58 AWARDS AND PRIZES 60 FELLOWSHIPS 63 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 65 Art 67 Asian Studies 73 Astronomy 75 Biology 77 Black Studies 83 Chemistry 84 Classics 88 Economics 93 Education 100 Engineering 103 English Literature 110 History 120 International Relations 129 Linguistics 131 VI Literature 133 Mathematics 134 Medieval Studies 141 Modern Languages and Literatures 142 Music 154 Philosophy 160 Physical Education and Athletics 164 Physics 166 Political Science 171 Psychology 178 Public Policy 185 Religion 187 Sociology and Anthropology 193 THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 201 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 205 THE FACULTY 208 ADMINISTRATION 223 VISITING EXAMINERS 232 DEGREES CONFERRED 234 AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 238 ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 241 INDEX 242 PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 254 DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 256 3 1 0 8 3 1 9 8 4 1 9 8 5 SEPTEMBER MAY JANUARY Sun Mon 4 It 18 25 Tue Wed 5 ' 6 12 13 20 19 26 27 7 14 21 28 Thu 1 8 15 22 29 Fri 2 9 16 23 30 Sm 3 10 17 24 Fri Set 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 Fri 4 11 18 25 Set , 5 Sun Mon 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 OCTOBER Sun Mon : : 2 ^ 3 10 9 16 17 23 24 31 r 3p Tue W ed 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 6 13 20 27 '' t 14 21 28 Tue W ed ^ 2 t 9 8 15 16 22 23 30 29 Thr 3 10 17 24 1 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 Tue W ed 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 : 28 Thu 1 8 15 22 29 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 m àm i 19 26 10 U 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 Set §’ § m M io 17 24 llllti 12 19 26 13 20 27 5 12 19 26 Thu Fri Set 12 19 26 13 20 27 14 21 28 11 18 25 2 9 16 23 30 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 Fri Set 8 15 22 29 16 23 10 17 24 11 18 25 Tue Wed 7 14 21 28 Tue W ed 3 4 10 11 18 17 25 24 Set 7 14 21 28 Sun Mon Tue W ed 1 8 7 15 14 21 22 28 29 Fri 3 10 17 24 31 Set 4 11 18 25 3 10 17 24 31 4 n 18 25 Thu 2 9 16 23 30 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 Tue W ed 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 31 Tue Wed Thu 8 15 22 29 Fri 9 16 23 30 Set 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 Fri 6 13 20 27 Set 7 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 Fri 1 8 15 22 Set . 2 9 16 p|> 7 14 21 28 Fri 1 8 15 22 29 Set 2 9 16 23 30 Thu 4 11 18 25 Fri 5 12 19 26 S et 6 13 20 27 , 7 14 21 28 : 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 Thu 4 11 18 25 6 13 20 27 5 12 19 26 Thu 6 13 20 27 A P R II Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Set 8 15 22 29 9 16 23 30 IO 17 24 31 11 18 25 Thu F ri Set MAY 1 8 15 22 29 i 5 12 19 Jfc* 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 JUNE Fri 5 12 19 26 Set 6 13 20 27 Sun Mon ♦ ,2 , 9 16 23 30 Thu 1 8 15 22 29 Tue Wed Tue Wed 2 3 10 9 16 17 23 24 30 Fri Set 9 16 23 30 10 17 24 Fri Set 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 Tue W ed 3 m :* V 5 li 10 12 18 19 17 26 24 25 , ‘t S i i 14 15 13 22 '2 8 - 21 28 29 27 JU L Y Sun " '7 14 21 28 Tue Wed 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER Thu 5 12 19 26 Set 5 Sun Mon 1 8 7 15 14 22 21 28 29 Fri 3 10 17 24 fifi 4 11 18 25 Thu 3 IO 17 24 31 M A R C H NOVEMBER APRIL Sun Mon 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 30 29 Fri 6 13 20 27 4 v' 5 11 w W 18 19 26 25 OCTOBER Thu 6 13 20 27 6 13 20 27 Sun Mon 1 8 7 15 14 22 21 28 29 MARCH Sun Mon Thu 5 12 19 26 ; 3 IO 17 24 SEPTEMBER Tue Wed 14 21 28 Tue Wed 3 4 10 11 18 17 25 24 31 Sun FEBRUARY Sun Mon 6 13 20 27 Tue Wed 2 1 8 9 16 15 22 23 29 30 FE B R U A R Y Tue W ed Thu AUGUST Fri 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY Tue Wed 5 12 19 26 7 14 21 28 JULY 1 9 8 4 Sun Mon 1 8 9 15 16 23 22 30 29 Set 2 9 16 23 30 Sun M on 7 14 21 28 Fri 1 8 15 22 29 6 13 20 27 JUNE D E C E M B E R Sun Mon S et 5 12 19 26 V:Su n :- M on 4 11 18 25 3 10 17 24 31 Tue Wed NOVEMBER Sun Mon Tue Wed 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 30 29 9 16 23 30 '3 IO 4 « .Il 17 18 24 25° 31 A U G U ST Tue W ed v: 4 5 12 *■ il 18 , 1 9 25 26 6 7 20 27 14 21 28 *3 1 8 15 ,2 2 29 Fri 5 12 19 26 Fri 1 9 16 23 30 6 20 27 Set '3 10 17 24 31 College Calendar 1983 Fall Semester August 3 1 - September 4 September 2 September 3 September 5 September 23*24 November 18 November 28 December 2-3 December 2 December 3 December 5-9 December 9 December 12 December 16 December 17 Freshman placement days Meeting of Honors candidates Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting of the Board of Managers Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Annual meeting of the Board o f Managers Enrollment for spring semester Meeting o f Honors candidates Reading period (at option of instructor) Classes end Midyear examinations begin Seminars end Midyear examinations end 1984 January 16 February 24-25 March 2 March 12 April 23-27 April 27 April 27-28 April 30 May 3 May 3 May 12 May 14 May 15-16 May 17-19 May 27 May 28 June 2-3 Spring Semester Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board of Managers Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Reading period (at option of instructor) Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board of Managers Enrollment for fall semester Written Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end Written Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations Oral Honors examinations Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Weekend 5 College Calendar (Tentative) 1984 Fall Semester September 5-9 September 7 September 8 September 10 September 28*29 November 16 November 26 December 7*8 December 7 December 8 December 10*14 December 14 December 17 December 21 December 22 Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors candidates Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Annual meeting of the Board o f Managers Enrollment for spring semester Meeting o f Honors candidates Reading period (at option of instructor) Classes end Midyear examinations begin Seminars end Midyear examinations end 1985 January 21 February 22-23 March 8 March 18 April 29* May 3 May 3 May 3-4 May 6 May 9 May 9 May 18 May 20 May 21-22 May 23-25 June 2 June 3 June 8*9 6 Spring Semester Classes and Seminars begin Meeting of the Board of Managers Spring vacation begins, 6 :00 p.m. Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes and Seminars end Meeting of the Board o f Managers Enrollment for fall semester Written Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end Written Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations Oral Honors examinations Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Weekend I Introduction to Swarthmore College Educational Resources Introduction to Swarthmore College Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as a coeducational institution, occupies a campus o f more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll­ ment is about 1290 men and women students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance o f Philadelphia. College students are able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes possible cooperation with three nearby institu­ tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the University o f Pennsylvania. OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­ uals and as responsible citizens through exact­ ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular activities. institutions, each school, college, and univer­ sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. By such selection it contributes to the diversity and richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage. The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable human beings and more useful members o f society. W hile it shares this purpose with other educational Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize their fullest intellectual and personal potential combined with a deep sense o f ethical and social concern. VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly alike. The Course and External Examination (Honors) Programs are designed to give recognition to this fact. They provide alternative systems o f instruction for students during their last two years. Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­ opment from each student, the choice of method being determined by individual pref­ erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients close association with faculty members, often in small seminars, concentrated work in various fields o f study, and maximum latitude for the development of individual responsibility. Within the Course Program, options for independent study and interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for exploration and development over a wide range o f individual goals. These opportunities typically include considerable flexibility of program choices from semester to semester, so that academic planning may be responsive to the emerging needs of students. THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society of Friends. Although it has been nonsectarian in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although Friends now compose a minority o f the student body, the faculty, and the administration, the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its students with the spiritual principles o f that Society. 8 Foremost among these principles is the individ­ ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying truth, and for testing whatever truth one believes one has found. As a way of life, Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view of life, or any other specific set of convictions about the nature of things and the duties of human beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and religious concern about such matters, and continuing examination of anyviewwhich may be held regarding them. TRADITION AND CHANGE A college draws strength from tradition, and energy from the necessity of change. Its purposes and policies must respond to new conditions and newdemands. By being open to change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its students, by means appropriate to the times, the standard of excellence it has sought to maintain from its founding. 9 Educational Resources The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as physical resources play an important suppor­ tive role. THE ENDOWMENT The educational resources at Swarthmore College have been provided by gifts and bequests from many alumni, foundations, corporations, parents and friends. In addition to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget, these donors have contributed funds for buildings, equipment, collections o f art and literature, and permanently endowed profes­ sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have not only provided the physical plant, but also have created an endowment fund o f approxi­ mately $152, 000,000 at market value on June 3 0 ,1 9 8 3 . Income from the endowment during the academic year 1982-83 contributed ap­ proximately $4,150 to meet the total expense o f educating each student and accounted for about 25% o f the College's educational and general income. The College’s ability to continue to offer a high quality o f education at a reasonable level of tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­ port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and bequests for its current operations, its perma­ nent endowment, and its capital development programs to maintain and strengthen its re­ sources. The Vice President in charge of development will be pleased to provide in­ formation about various forms o f gifts: be­ quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real estate or other property, and deferred gifts through charitable remainder trusts and life income contracts in which the donor reserves the right to the annual income during his or her lifetime. PHYSICAL FACILITIES Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate instruction and in most cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psy­ chology, astronomy, and engineering. The Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in zoology, botany, and premedical studies. The Pierre S. DuPont Science Building provides accommodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains the engineering laboratories, including a computer laboratory equipped with a DEC PD P11/40 system with disc storage and laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall pro­ vides facilities for work in psychology, and for the engineering shops. The Arts Center contains the Paul M. Pearson Experimental Theatre. The Florence Wilcox Gallery for art exhibitions 10 is located in Room 303 on the third floor of Beardsley Hall. The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central facility for the program o f the Music Depart­ ment and for musical activities at the College. The Computing Center is located on the first floor o f Beardsley Hall. A PRIM E 750 with six megabytes o f main memory and 900 megabytes o f on-line disk storage is available to students and faculty for instruction and research. Many computer languages such as APL, BASIC, FORTRAN, and Pascal are available, as well as statistical and simulation packages and instruc­ tional programs for various academic disci- ; plines. Microcomputer facilities are under development. Terminal clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont, Martin, and Trotter Halls. Terminals may also be found in virtually all academic departments.Some departments also have microcomputers, and the Engineering Department has a DEC PDP 11/40. A PRIM E Information 750 and a P R IM E 2250 are used for the College’s administrative data processing needs. In addition, through EDUNET, an international computer network, faculty and students have access to computing facilities at a number o f major research institutions such as Stanford and M IT for special projects and research. The Center for Social and Policy Studies in Beardsley Hall serves as a laboratory for the social sciences. The Center has a large social science data archive available for empirical research on social and policy issues, and it provides statistical consulting for faculty and students. The Center also supports the concen­ tration in Public Policy through its physical facilities, data archives and program o f events. The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for 27 students and has equipment for both audio and video instruction. The Thomas B. and Jeannette E.L. M cCabe Library contains reading rooms, offices and the major portion of the College library collection. Total College library holdings amount to 600,000 volumes. Some 20,000 volumes are added annually. About 2,500 periodicals are received regularly. The general collection is housed in the library building, situated on the front campus. The Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses some 52,000 volumes in biology, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and physics. A small collection o f relevant material is located in Sproul Observatory. The Daniel Underhill Music Library contains about 13,000 books and scores, 8,000 recordings, and listening equipment. A small collection of relevant material is housed in the Black Cultural Center. The library is definitely a collection o f books and journals for undergraduate use. The demands o f reading for Honors, however, make necessary the provision of large quantities o f source material not usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates. It is a point o f library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through interlibrary loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty for their individual research. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS * The library contains certain special collections — the British Americana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections, the Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the history o f technology and a collection of the publications o f 650 private presses. A number o f special features enrich the academic background of the College. Among these are the following: The Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record books, dating from the 1680’s until the pres­ ent, have been deposited. Additional records are available on microfilm. The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical interest. Special collections include materials on various sub­ jects o f Quaker concern such as abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history o f women’s rights. Notable among the other holdings are the Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the Mott manu­ scripts (over 400 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately 33,000 volumes. About 100 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection o f photo­ graphs of meetinghouses and pictures o f repre­ sentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions o f "The Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the 11 Educational Resources advantages o f giving to this library any books and family papers which may throw light on the history of the Society of Friends. The Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of special interest to research students seeking the records o f the peace movement. The personal papers o f Jane Addams of Hull-House, Chicago formed the original nucleus o f the Collection (1930). Over the years other major collections have been added including the papers of Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A.J. Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre, William Sollmann, E. Raymond Wilson, and others, as well as the records of the American Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi­ ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship of Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences on International Arbitration, National Interreli­ gious Service Board for Conscientious Objec­ tors, National Council for Prevention o f War, National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War Resisters League, Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, Women Strike for Peace, World Conference of Religion for Peace, ahd many others. The Peace Collection serves as the official repository for the archives o f many o f these organizations, incorporated here sin 7,000 document boxes. The Collection also houses over 12,000 books and pamplets and about 1,800periodical titles. Two hundred eighty periodicals are currently received from 22 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published in 1981, fully describes the archival holdings. The Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature, established in 1950 with accumulated income from the William Plumer Potter Public Speak­ ing Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded poetry, drama and prose. Among the 1,200 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers reading from and discussing their works; full length versions o f Shakespearean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the litera­ ture o f earlier periods read both in modern English and in the pronunciation o f the time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings; and recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature. The collection is housed in the McCabe Library. The Betty Dougherty Spock Memorial Fund, established through the generosity o f friends of the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides income for the purchase of dramatic recordings. These are kept with the Potter Collection. SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS The William ]. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program o f lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the College. The Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College the sum of $ 100,000 and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens of this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters of world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge. The Cooper Foundation Committee works 12 with the departments and with student organi­ zations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also in bringing to the College speakers of note who remain in residence for a long enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some o f these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published under the auspices o f the Founda­ tion. This arrangement has so far produced eighteen volumes. The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation. About three hundred twenty-five acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed as a horticultural and botanical collection of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class of 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples o f the better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. All collections are labeled and recorded. There are exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias and tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many interested donors have contributed generously to the collections. The Foundation offers horticultural educa­ tional programs to the general public and an extracurricular course in horticulture to Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­ tures and classes are designed to cover many facets of the science/art called gardening. Special programs have been prepared to ac­ quaint the youth o f the area with the signifi­ cance of plants with classes from local elemen­ tary schools coming to the campus to receive instruction in plants and their relationship to people. Tours are conducted throughout the year for college people and interested public groups. Aiding the Foundation’s staff, in all o f its efforts are the ‘Associates o f the Scott Horti­ cultural Foundation.” This organization pro­ vides not only financial support but also assistance in carrying out the myriad operations which make up the Foundation’s total program, such as public lectures and bus tours to other gardens. The Associates’ newsletter, Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and provides up-to-date information on seasonal gardening topics. The Bernard Fund was established in 1964 by two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The fund has been augmented by the 50-year class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919, and other friends. The income from the fund may be used for any activity that contributes to the advancement o f music at the College. It has been used, for example, for concerts on the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and orches­ tral scores and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students in the De­ partment o f Music who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists. The Gene D. Overstreet Memorial Fund, given by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet (1924-1965), a member o f the Political Science Department, 1957-1964, provides income to bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss problems of developing or modernizing nations and cultures. The Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and other friends o f the College, is given annually on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the Benjamin West Society which built up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American artist, who was born in a house which stands on the campus and who became president o f the Royal Academy. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series brings eminent scientists to the campus under its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­ bers present colloquia on their own research. The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of 1921, sponsors each year a special event in the Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a scholar or artist in residence, or a special exhibit. The Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of 1941, in memory of Marjorie Heilman to stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­ tice of art, on campus. The Suzanne Belkin Memorial Reading, estab­ lished by her family in memory of Suzanne Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an annual appearance on campus o f a distin­ guished writer. 13 Endowed Professorships The Edmund Allen Professorship o f Chemistry was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and cousin of Manager Rachel Hillborn. The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professorship was established by a bequest from Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington, Class o f 1898. Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­ restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign. The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and International Relations was created in 1888 by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved its present designation. The Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 1888-1926. The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890, in 1905. The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Professorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30, member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell *30, former member o f the Board o f Managers, to bring professors and lecturers from other nations and cultures for a semester or a year. Since 1962, from every corner o f the world, Cornell professors and their families have resided on the campus so that they might deepen the perspective of both students and faculty. The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­ ship o f Quaker History and Research was en­ dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. *26 and member of the Board o f Managers, on behalf of the family o f Howard M. Jenkins, member of the Board o f Managers, to increase the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library and to stimulate interest in American and Colonial history with special reference to Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the years through the efforts of die Jenkins family, and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall Taylor *04. The William R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was established in 1973 by a grant from the William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to *'support and encourage a scholar-teacher whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­ dents will enhance the learning process and make an effective contribution to the under­ graduate community.” The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship, established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38, member o f the Board of Managers, normally rotates every four years among members o f the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment or writing. It carries an annual discretionary grant for research expenses, books and mate­ rials. The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship, endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38, brings to Swarthmore College for a period of one semester to three years an outstanding social scientist or other suitably qualified person who has achieved prominence and special recognition in the area of significant social change. The Alexander Griswold Cummins Professorship o f English Literature was established in 1911 in honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890. The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from Susan W . Lippincott, member of the Board of Managers, a contribution from her niece Caroline Lippincott, Class of 1881, and gifts by other family members. The Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor­ ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­ band graduated in 1895. The Edward Hicks Magill Professorship o f Mathe­ matics and Astronomy was created in 1888 largely by contributions o f interested friends of Edward H. Magill, President o f the College 14 1872-1889, and a bequest from John M. George. The Charles and Harriet Cox McDowell Professor' ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class of 1887 and member of the Board of Managers, in her name and that of her husband, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class of 1877. The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was established in 1962 by a bequest from Max Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and attorney, Charles Segal, father of Robert L. Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50. The Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professorship o f Engineering was established with their con­ tributions and gifts from members of the Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the devoted service and wise counsel of Henry C. Turner, Class o f 1893 and member of the Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the Board of Managers. The Daniel Underhill Professorship o f Music was established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha Underhill to honor her husband, Class of 1894 and member of the Board of Managers. The Joseph Wharton Professorship o f Political Economy was endowed by a trust given to the College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President o f the Board o f Managers. The Isaiah V. Williamson Professorship o f Civil and Mechanical Engineering was endowed in 1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson. 15 II ■ m Admission Expenses 16 Financial Aid Admission Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081. GENERAL STATEMENT In the selection of students, the College seeks those qualities o f character, social responsibil­ ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole personality of candidates for admission. Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective. The task is to choose those who give promise o f distinction in the quality of their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis of their individual future worth to society and of their collective realiza­ tion of the purpose o f the College. It is the policy o f the College to have the student body represent not only different parts of the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups. The College is also concerned to include in each class sons and daughters of alumni and o f members o f the Society of Friends. Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory completion of a four-year secondary school program. Under some circumstances, students who have vir­ tually completed the normal four-year program in three years will be considered for admission, provided they meet the competition of other candidates in general maturity as well as readiness for a rigorous academic program. All applicants are selected on the following evidence: 1. Record in secondary school. 2. Recommendations from the school princi­ pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and from two teachers. 3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. 4. A brief essay (subject specified). 5. Reading and experience, both in school and out. Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and strong intellectual interests. Other factors of interest to the College include strength of character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­ iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of social responsibility. The College values the diversity which varied interests and back­ grounds can bring to the community. PREPARATION Swarthmore does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as preparation for its program. The election of specific subjects is left to the student and school advisers. In general, however, preparation should include: 1. Accurate and effective use of the English language in reading, writing, and speaking. 2. Comprehension and application of the principles o f mathematics. 3. The strongest possible command of one or two foreign languages. The College encour- ages students to study at least one language for four years, if possible. 4. Substantial course work in (a) history and social studies, (b) literature, art and music, (c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work in each of the three groups is recommended. Those planning to major in engineering should present work in chemistry, physics, and four years of mathematics including algebra, geo­ metry, and trigonometry. 17 Admission APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS Application to the College may be submitted through one o f three plans: Regular Admission, Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision. Applicants follow the same procedures, submit the same supporting materials, and are evalu­ ated by the same criteria under each plan. The Regular Admission plan is designed for those candidates who wish to keep open several different options for their undergradu­ ate education throughout the admissions pro­ cess. Applications under this plan will be accepted at any time up to the February 1 deadline. The two Early Decision plans are designed for candidates who have thoroughly and thought­ fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­ leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­ cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision plan differs from the Fall Early Decision plan only in recognizing that some candidates may arrive at a final choice o f college later than others. Early Decision candidates under either plan may file regular applications at other colleges with the understanding that these applications will be withdrawn upon admission to Swarthmore; however, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety inherent in multiple appli­ cation procedures. Application under any o f the three plans must be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­ tion fee o f $25. Timetables for the three plans are: F a ll Early D ecision Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate November 15 November 30 on or before December 15 W inter Early D ecision Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification of candidate 18 January 1 January 15 on or before February 1 R egular A dm ission Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate Candidates reply date February 1 February 20 on or before April 15 May 1 Any Early Decision candidate not accepted through either the Fall or Winter will be reconsidered without prejudice among the Regular Admission candidates. All applicants for first-year admission must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College En­ trance Examination Board. English Composi­ tion is required, and the other two Achieve­ ment Tests should be selected from two different fields. Applicants for Engineering must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­ matics. Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. A bulletin o f information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students who wish to be examined in any o f the following western states, provinces, and Pacific areas — Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­ gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan — should address their inquiries and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken. No additional tests are required o f candidates for scholarships. All applicants who would like to be considered for any o f our scholarships should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Information concerning financial aid will be found on pages 22-32. THE INTERVIEW An admissions interview with a representative of the College is a recommended part o f the application process. Applicants should take the initiative in arranging for this interview. Those who can reach Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an appointment to visit the College for this purpose.* Other applicants should request the Office of Admissions to arrange a meeting with an alumni representative in their own area. Interviews with alumni representatives take longer to arrange than interviews on campus. Applicants must make alumni interview ar­ rangements well in advance o f the final dates for receipt of supporting materials. Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­ views can be made by writing the Office of Admissions or calling 215-447-7300. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students in the most advanced courses for which they are qualified. Those freshmen who wish to have courses taken at another college considered for either advanced placement or credit must provide an official transcript from the institution attended as well as written work (papers, examinations), syllabi, and reading lists in order that the course work may be evaluated by the depart­ ment concerned. Such requests for credit must be made within the freshman year at Swarth­ more. APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER The College welcomes well qualified transfer students. Applicants for transfer must have had a good academic record in the institution attended and must present full credentials for both college and preparatory work, including a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken previously. As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced standing later than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four semes­ ters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two of which must be those o f the senior year. Applications for transfer must be filed by April 15 of the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced by June 1. Application for transfer at mid-year must be received by November 15. A limited amount o f financial assistance is available for transfer students. See page 37 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons. * Directions for reaching the College can be found inside the back cover of this catalogue. 19 Expenses STUDENT CHARGES Total charges for the 1983-43 academic year (two semesters) are as followsTuition and General Fee Room and Board Total Charges $ 8,430* 3,260 $11,690 These are the only charges billed by the College. Students and their parents, however, should plan for expenditures associated with books, travel, and other personal items. A deposit o f $100, due before registration for each semester, is required o f all new and continuing students. This is credited against the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on or about July 15 and December 15 o f each year. Payment o f charges for the first semester is due by August 15 and for the second semester by January 15. Payments should be made by check payable to Swarthmore College and sent to the Office o f the Controller. A late fee is assessed on payments received after the due date. Students engaged in independent projects away from the College for which regular academic credit is anticipated are expected to register in advance in the usual way and pay normal tuition. If the student is away from the College for a full semester, no charge for room and board will be made; but, if a student is away only for a part o f a semester the above charges may be made on a pro rata basis. The regular College tuition covers the normal program o f four courses per term as well as variations o f as many as five courses or as few as three courses. Students who elect to carry more than five courses incur a unit charge for the additional course ($ 1 ,0 5 0 ) or half course ($525), although they may within the regular tuition so vary their programs as to average as many as five courses in the two semesters of any academic year. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses for degree students in their first eight semesters o f enrollment. PAYMENTS For parents who may desire assistance in meeting the payment deadlines, the College offers two alternative payment plans. The New Insured Tuition Payment Plan com' bines the benefits o f a monthly savings plan and a loan program that results in a schedule of equal monthly payments. Payments to the plan are completed before the student’s graduation. The Edu'Check Program extends a line o f credit. A book o f checks is given to parents, and they may write checks as needed for educational expenses. Interest is charged only on the amount o f money in use, and repayment terms o f up to twice the borrowing term are available. Information on payment programs is mailed to all parents in April. WITHDRAWAL REFUNDS Refunds o f amounts paid will be made for students who, for reasons approved by the Dean, withdraw on or after the first day of classes as follows: Prior to the 2nd week o f classes Prior to the 3rd week o f classes Prior to the 4th week o f classes 80% 60% 40% * There is included in the General Fee a student activities fee o f $100 and a charge o f $40 for mandatory accident and sickness insurance. 20 Prior to the 5th week o f classes 20% Thereafter, $40 per week that student is absent from Dining Hall. No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the event o f withdrawal. Students who are granted withdrawal should consult the Controller as soon thereafter as possible. INQUIRIES All correspondence regarding payment of student charges should be addressed to Luther Van Ummersen, Controller, Financial Aid The College strives to make it possible for all students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless of their financial circum­ stances, and to enable them to complete their education when financial reversals take place. Financial aid awards are assigned without regard to race, sex, religious preference or handicap. Forty-three percent o f the total student body currently receive aid from the College. Most financial aid awarded by the College is based upon demonstrated financial need and is usually a combination o f grant, loan, and student employment. A prospective aid student must apply for College as well as outside assistance at the time o f application for admission: admission and financial aid decisions are, however, made separately. The Financial Aid Form o f the College Scholarship Service is the form re­ quired of financial aid applicants. Instructions for obtaining and filing a Financial Aid Form with the College Scholarship Service are included on the admissions application. The principles of this agency and careful review of its recommendations by the College determine the amount o f aid needed in each case. Essentially this amount is the difference be­ tween the applicant’s student budget and the family’s ability to pay. That family contri­ bution is determined by weighing the family’s income and assets against demands made by such items as taxes, living expenses, medical expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses. It also includes the expectation o f $ 1,000 from the student’s summer earnings as well as a portion o f his or her personal savings and assets. For 1983-84 the College bill, which includes tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee and the health insurance fee, will be $11,690. This comprehensive fee covers not only the usual student services — health, library, labora­ tory fees, for example — but admission to all social, cultural, and athletic events on campus. The total budget figure against which aid is computed is $12,540. This allows $850 for books and personal expenses, exclusive of travel. An admitted student seeking aid must submit to the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the parents’ most recent federal income tax return. When a student receives financial aid from a 22 source other than the College, the student’s need for our support is decreased, and so the College subtracts the amount of that financial aid from the Swarthmore award. This equitable distribution of total available resources enables the College to assist additional students. Thus, the amount o f financial aid a student may expect to receive from the College is determined by other grants received as well as by the an­ ticipated family contribution. In keeping with the policy of basing financial aid upon need, the College reviews each student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­ dent who has aid must submit a new financial aid application for the next academic year. A student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no longer demonstrated. Assistance is available only for the duration o f a normal length undergraduate program (8 semesters). Stu­ dents who choose to live off campus may not receive College grant assistance in excess of their College bill, although the cost of living off campus will be recognized in the calculation of a student’s financial need and outside sources of aid may be used to help meet off-campus living costs. Students who have not previously received financial aid may apply if special circumstances have arisen. A student who marries may continue to apply for aid, but a contribution from the parents is expected equal to the contribution made were the student single. For the academic year 1982-83 the College awarded approximately $1,850,000 in grants. About one half o f that sum was provided through the generosity of alumni and friends by special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on pp. 24-32. The federal government also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants available. It is not necessary to apply for a specific college scholarship; the Committee on Financial Aid decides who is to receive endowed scholarships and others are helped from general scholarship funds. Although some endowed scholarships are restricted by locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding aid makes it possible to meet need without regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise indicated. LOAN FUNDS Long term loan funds with generous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program of scholarships and grants to enable the College to meet the needs of each student. Interest on both National Direct Student Loans and Swarthmore College loans is 5% on the unpaid balance beginning six months after the student leaves school. The College also maintains special loan funds which are listed below: The Class o f 1916 Loan Fund The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund The John A. Miller Loan Fund The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund The Thatcher Family Loan Fund The Ellis D. Williams Fund The Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund The Joseph W. Conard Memorial Fund, estab­ lished by friends of the late Professor Conard, provides short-term loans without interest to meet student emergencies. Income earned by The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available for this purpose. Because the College does not have enough Swarthmore College Loan and National Direct Student Loan funds to assist all students in need, some students are asked to seek loans through the Guaranteed Student Loan Program available through local banks. Currently, the interest on this long-term, low-interest, educa­ tional loan is federally subsidized while the borrower is still in school. Six months after the borrower leaves school, interest begins to accrue at 9% (or 8% for new borrowers in spring, 1984) and principal repayment must begin. The Guaranteed Student Loan (and the interest subsidy) is currently available to all students, who, according to federal guidelines, demonstrate financial need. The maximum an undergraduate may borrow through this pro­ gram is $ 2,500 annually, although, $12,500 is the aggregate maximum for the full-undergraduate program. Application is initiated by the student through the student’s local bank. PLUS/ALAS loans, available in most states, allow parents to borrow up to $3,000 per year per undergraduate child. Interest of 12% begins to accrue, and repayment must start as soon as loan proceeds are disbursed. Parents may repay PLUS/ ALAS loans over a period of ten years. Parents should seek PLUS/ALAS applications through their local banks. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­ pus is handled by the Student Employment Office, which is under student direction. Jobs are available in such areas as the dining hall, library, departmental offices and the post office, and applications are made when stu­ dents arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f pay run from $3.35 to $3.55 per hour. Students on financial aid are usually offered the oppor­ tunity to earn up to $750 during the year and are given hiring priority, but there are usually jobs available for others who wish employment. The Student Employment Office publicizes local off-campus and temporary employment opportunities. Students are gen­ erally able to carry a moderate working schedule without detriment to their academic performance. For students who qualify under the federal College Work-Study Program (most needy students), off-campus placements in public or private, non-profit agencies in the local or Philadelphia area can be arranged through the Financial Aid Office during the academic year or nation-wide during the summer. Among suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse­ ums, social service agencies and local, state or federal government agencies. 23 Financial Aid Swarthmore College National and Regional Scholarships On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National and Regional Scholarships to the outstanding men and women entering the freshman class. New England Scholarships are awarded to students who reside in Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, or Vermont. Midwest Scholarships are awarded to students who reside in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North and South Dakota, Oklahoma, or Wisconsin. Rocky Mountain Scholarships are awarded to students who reside in Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, or Wyoming. Southeast Scholarships are awarded to students who reside in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, or Texas. Pacific Scholarships are awarded to students who reside in Alaska, California, Hawaii, Nevada, Oregon, or Washington. The awards are made to those candidates who, in the opinion o f Committees o f Award, rank highest in scholarship, leadership, character, and personality. The amount o f the annual award varies from $300 to $ 12,000 according to the financial need o f the winner. In those instances where there is no demonstrated financial need, scholarships carry an honorary award equal to the cost o f two round-trips from home to Swarthmore. Other Scholarships (Demonstrated financial need is a requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise indicated.) The Aetna Life and Casualty Foundation Scholar­ ship provides assistance to qualified students with financial need. recognition o f the long-standing and affection­ ate connection between the Armington family and Swarthmore College. The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­ ship and need with preference given to those with a demonstrated interest in the humanities. The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is awarded biennially to a new student who shows promise o f distinguished intellectual attainment based upon sound character and effective personality. The award is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the College from 1921-1940, and originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his wife. The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol­ arship aid to enable foreign students to attend Swarthmore College, as part of the Founda­ tion’s interest in the international exchange of students. The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974 by Shing-mei R Altman ’76, is awarded to a junior who has a strong interest in the studio arts. It is held during the senior year. The recipient may apply for up to $2,000 for a fellowship in art to be carried out during the summer between the junior and senior year, with the balance of funds available to be used during the academic year, or postgraduately. The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each year to a worthy student with financial need in 24 The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was established in 1982 in memory o f W . Herman Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a meritorious student who has financial need. The Philip H. Barley Memorial Scholarship, established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66, by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966, which he served as president, provides financial assistance for a junior or senior who has demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities at Swarthmore. The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­ dents at the College who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need help to pay for private instruction. The Belville Scholarship has been endowed in memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually to an incoming student o f particular promise and is renewable for his or her years at Swarthmore. The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of the late Philadelphia attorney, author and jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is assigned annually to a junior or senior whose qualities o f mind and character indicate a potential for humanitarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished to develop in young people. Students in any field o f study, and from any part o f this country or from abroad, are eligible. The scholarship is renewable until graduation. The Book and Key Scholarship, established by the Book and Key men’s senior honorary society in 1965 when the Society dissolved itself, is awarded each year to a senior man who has shown quality o f leadership and has demon­ strated through past performance his eagerness to give service to college and community. He should rank high in scholarship, character and personality. The Edward S. Bower Memorial Scholarship, established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The Daniel Walter Brenner Memorial Scholarship, established by family and friends in memory of Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to a senior majoring in biology who is distin­ guished for scholarship and an interest in plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal behavior research. The recipient is chosen with the approval of biology and classics faculty. The Leon Willard Briggs Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest of Ina Carey Diller in honor o f Leon Willard Briggs T7, to be awarded to worthy engineering students with financial need. In the event there are no engineering students who need the scholarships, they shall be awarded to students engaged primarily in the study of classics and belles lettres. The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number o f his former students. It is available to a major in Political Science in the junior or senior year. The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­ lished during the College’s Centennial Year of 1964. The income from this Fund is used to provide scholarships for a student or students attending Swarthmore College who are concen­ trating their studies in the field o f the social sciences and who indicate an interest in the objects or purposes of the American Friends Service Committee and a desire to serve in those fields following their graduation and post-graduate work. Awards are made to students in any of the four classes. The Chi Omega Scholarship provides an award annually to a member o f the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members of the fraternity. The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in 1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs, Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a junior or senior student majoring in some branch of the Classics. The recipient is desig­ nated by the Classics Department. The Cochran Memorial Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in memory of the Cochran family. It is given annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­ more College. The Sarah Antrim Cole Scholarship was founded by her parents in memory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. Preference is given to a graduate o f the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio. The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is awarded every year to a deserving student who is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance with the donor’s will. The N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­ able Trust in memory of N. Harvey Collisson of the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man or woman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality and ability. The David S. Cowden Scholarship was estab­ lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of 25 Financial Aid 1942, who taught English Literature at Swarthmore from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It is awarded on the basis of financial need. The Ellsworth F. Curtin Memorial Scholarship was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin, Class of 1918, in memory o f her husband, Class of 1916, to benefit an engineering student with financial need. The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student with financial need who ranks high in personality, character and schol­ arship. This endowment is in memory of Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother o f six students who attended Swarthmore. The Delta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In any year in which there is no such candidate the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman. The Francis W. D'Olier Scholarship, in memory o f Francis W. D’Olier o f the Class of 1907, is awarded to a freshman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality and ability. The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­ dents, preference being given to students with highest scholarship from high schools of Delaware County, PA. The J. Horace Ervien Scholarships are awarded annually, with preference given to students who plan to major in engineering. Considera­ tion will be given to academic qualifications, financial need, character and qualities of leadership. The scholarship is renewable for qualified students. These scholarships were named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E. TO. The Donald Renwick Ferguson Scholarship, estab­ lished by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson, M.D., o f the Class of 1912, is awarded to a young man who is looking forward to the study of medicine. The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is established as an expression of respect and appreciation by Board members and others who have been associated with them in the service of Swarthmore College. The scholar­ ship will be awarded each year on the basis of need to a worthy student. 26 The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman, and may be renewed for each of the following three undergraduate years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and the potential to contribute to the College and the Community outside. The award was estab­ lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member o f the class o f 1951. The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg Gimbel ’39 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S. Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the basis o f need to a worthy student, with preference to a black candidate. The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given to a woman student with financial need, who ranks high in character, personality and schol­ arship. Preference is given to a member of the Society o f Friends. The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide scholarships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and fees for students who require financial assis­ tance. Preference is given to students of recognized ability who have completed two academic years of college and who are contem­ plating graduate or professional study. The scholarships are renewable for a second year. The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable annually to graduation. This award was established by Katharine F. Herrmann T 4 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball *24 in honor of their father. The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the Middle West. Preference is given to a premedical student. Consideration is given to the candidate’s character, demonstrated concern for the welfare o f others, and participation in team activities, as well as academic standing. The Rachel W. Hillbom Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892 in memory of her mother, with the stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference is given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some inter­ national government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­ ties. The Hadassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with financial need and is renewable for four years at the discretion of the College. Preference will be given to mem­ bers of the Society of Friends. The Richard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­ vides assistance to a student (or students) of African descent. The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the Class o f 1937 in the name of its beloved emeritus professor and dean, provides an unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annual­ ly by the College. The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P. Hunter, Class o f 1948, one of the first Black students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­ lished this fund through a bequest "to provide scholarship aid to needy students." The Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man o f the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­ delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval of Swarthmore College. The George K. and Sallie K. Johnson Fund provides aid during the senior year for young women who are fitted to become desirable teachers. The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­ lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member of the Society o f Friends. The Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in memory o f Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife. Kappa A lpha Theta Scholarship, established by Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore, is awarded annually to a woman student. The Kappa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides an award to a member o f the freshman dlass, renewable each year. Preference is given to a relative o f members of the fraternity. The Paul and Mary Jane Kopsch Scholarship Fund, established through a gift of Paul J. Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each year to a junior premedical student(s) with financial need. The scholarship is renewable in the senior year. The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund, the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory of his wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a woman, in her junior or senior year and a major in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore graduate, preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or else­ where. The Walter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­ lished by his wife and daughter for a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality. The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore o f the Class of 1895. The College in granting this scholarship gives preference to qualified candidates who are descendants o f Amand and Margaret White Lafore. Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded each year to as many as four entering students. Selection by a special committee on the basis of distinguished academic and extra-curricular achievement and demonstrable interest in social service. Stipends are based on financial need and take the form of full grants up to the amount o f total college charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic year research or community service support, while an undergraduate, up to a maximum of $5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for graduate study. The program is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. The Ida and Daniel Lang Scholarship established by their son, Eugene M. Lang of the Class of 1938, provides financial assistance for a man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter and personality. The E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established by family, friends and business associates of Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of financial need every two years to a student entering the junior year and showing academic 27 Financial Aid distinction, leadership qualities, and definite interest in a career in business. The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T. Schless o f the Class of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor of Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering are given preference. An award is made annually. The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship is awarded to deserving students from the States o f Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware or Maryland. The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­ arship, is awarded annually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting. The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her mother and is awarded annually to assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College. The David Laurent Low Memorial Scholarship, established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940, his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and Kathy Low in memory o f their son and brother, is awarded to a man or woman who gives the great promise that David himself did. The award assumes both need and academic excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on qualities of leadership, a concern for others, character and/or outstanding and unusual promise. The scholarship is awarded to a freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­ uate years. The Clara B. Marshall Scholarship, established by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with preference given to descendants o f her grand­ fathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips. The Edward Martin Scholarships, established by a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend of Swarth­ more College, provides financial aid to juniors and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical students taking substantial work in this field. Awards are made in consultation with the Department of Biology. The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of 28 its founder. It provides a grant for the full amount o f need and for music lessons. The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem School of the Arts and selected by Swarthmore College on the basis of all-around qualifica­ tions. The Thomas B. McCabe Achievement Awards, established by Thomas B. McCabe T 5, are awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula and Delaware County, Penn­ sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In making selections, the Committee places em­ phasis on ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. Th^se awards provide a minimum annual grant of tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and board, depending on need. Candi­ dates for the McCabe Awards must apply by January 15 for admission to the College. The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending these talents for the good of the college community and o f the larger community outside. The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class of 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate years. The James E. Miller Scholarship. Under the will of Arabella M. Miller, funds are available annually for students from Delaware County (with preference for residents o f Nether Prov­ idence Township). The Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­ ence given to students of South Asian origin. The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna of the Class of 1943, is awarded to a student whose past performance gives evidence of intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­ ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­ tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for being a contributor to the College and ultimate­ ly to society. The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by Howard Osborn in memory of his mother and father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are awarded to worthy students o f good character who maintain satisfactory grades and who require financial assistance. The Harriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­ ship for a young woman who is a member of the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly Meeting). The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in 1973 by Rogers Palmer of the Class o f 1926, are awarded to members o f the freshman class who show promise of leadership and who have need of financial assistance. The scholarships are renewable for a total o f four years at the discretion of the College. The Penniman Scholarship Fund was established by Ellen Penniman Willets in honor o f Dr. Anson Warren and Jane W. Griscom Penniman and David Joseph Griscom. It is awarded to a student with financial need, with preference given to great grandchildren o f the Pennimans. The T.H. Dudley Perkins Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an entering freshman on the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force of character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as shown by participating in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. The Cornelia Chapman and Nicholas O. Pittenger Scholarship established by family and friends is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter and personality and who has need for financial assistance. The Anthony Beekman Pool Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­ man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class of 1959. The Presser Foundation Scholarship is awarded annually to one or more students, selected by the President and the Department o f Music, who plan to become teachers of music. Managers. Applicants who show promise of intellectual attainment based upon sound char­ acter and effective personality and who reside in Chester County are given preference. The Raruay-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of his parents. They are given in alternate years: the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholars­ hip to a man for his senior year, who has high academic standing and real need for financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has divorced or deceased parents or a deceased mother or father. The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a woman distinguished for high scholarship, character, personality and physical vigor. The Adele Mills Riley Memorial Scholarship, founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time for the academic year 1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for significant development of his or her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities of intellectual promise as well as potential for service are sought in making this appointment. The Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, T2, is awarded annually to an incoming student and is renewable for his or her years of study at Swarthmore. The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­ lished during the College’s Centennial year by the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson. Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of the Economics Discussion Group. A member o f the junior or senior class who has demon­ strated interest and ability in the study of Economics is chosen for this award. The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A sum of money has been left by the will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which provides a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore College. Preference is given to a relative o f the donor. The Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge of the Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to students who have need of financial aid. The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff, in memory o f Robert Pyle of the Class o f 1897 and for many years a member of the Board of The David Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­ lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore, Class of 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy 29 Financial Aid student who plans to major in Engineering or Economics. The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded to a student with a primary interest in the arts and the humanities, having special talents in these fields. Students with other special inter­ ests, however, will not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine Scherman, of the Class o f 1938, it is renewable for the full period of undergraduate study. The William G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for men, awarded to a candidate for admission to the College, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given to men who are residents o f Abington Town­ ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, of the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students interested in engineering and physical science. The committee in making its selection con­ siders character, personality and leadership. The Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman o f the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval of Swarthmore College. The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter and personality. The William C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck Scholarship is awarded annually to a student showing distinction in academics, leadership qualities and extra-curricular activities and who indicates an interest in a career in business. The W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund established in 1981 by a member o f the Class of 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the« basis of merit and need. The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust provides scholarships for middle income and foreign students. The Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is awarded by preference to a young woman in need o f financial assistance, and who has special talent in poetry or other creative and imaginative fields. The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933, is awarded to a student showing very great promise as a creative writer (in any literary form) who has need o f financial assistance. The Department o f English determines those eligi­ ble. The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is awarded to a junior or senior with financial need who has a special interest in law or music. The Clarence K. Streit Scholarship is awarded to a student entering the junior or senior year and majoring in history. Preference is given to persons in the Honors Program, outstanding in initiative and scholarship, who demonstrate a particular interest in Early American History. This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit, author o f Union Now: A Proposal For An Atlantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal ideas were first made public in three Cooper Foundation lectures at Swarthmore. The Katherine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931, Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­ ship is renewable for four years at the dis­ cretion o f the College. Preference is given to a resident of the Delmarva Peninsula. The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­ acter and personality, and resides west of the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the State o f Illinois. The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accorddance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to members of the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of Friends; then to others. The Phebe Anna Thorne Fund provides an income for scholarships for students whose previous work has demonstrated their earnest­ ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of preference to those students who are members of the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends. The Titus Scholarships established by the will of Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are to young awarded women in order that they may pursue their studies in the College. The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­ lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman. The scholarship is renewable for four years at the discretion o f the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime consideration is given to the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­ tor to the College and ultimately to society. The Daniel Underhill Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson Wilson ’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill ’94, in memory o f this member o f the first Board o f Managers. The award is made at the discretion o f the College. The William Hilles Ward Scholarships, in mem­ ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class o f 1915, are awarded annually, preferably to students who plan to major in science. The committee in making its selection has regard for candidates who are most deserving of financial assistance. The Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship Fund was established to provide financial assistance on the basis o f need and merit. The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship is awarded annually by the Music Department to a student of music. The Samuel Willets Fund. This fund provides an annual income for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned for scholarships in the name o f Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and Caroline W. Frame. The I.V. Williamson Scholarship. Preference is given to graduates o f Friends Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn Friends School. The Edward Clarkson Wilson Scholarship has been established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­ cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is awarded each year to a former student o f the Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­ proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis o f high character and high standing in scholarship. The Elmer L. Winkler Scholarshp Fund, estab­ lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of 1952, is awarded annually to a deserving student on the basis of merit and need. The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund, given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class of 1913, provides scholarships for members o f the junior and senior classes who have proved to be capable students and have need for financial assistance to complete their education at Swarthmore College. The Mary Wood Fund provides a scholarship which may be awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher. The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the discretion o f the College. The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund The Chemical Bank The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund The William Dorsey Scholarship Fund The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund The Thomas L. Leedom Scholarship Fund The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund The David L. Price Scholarship The Reader*s Digest Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund The Mark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship Fund The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship Fund The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund The Walter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund The Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial Scholarship Fund The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund Financial Aid The Deborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund The Thomas H. White Scholarship Fund The Edward Clarkson Wilson and Elizabeth 32 T. Wilson Scholarship Fund The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund Student Community College Life HOUSING Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption that the close association o f students and instructors is an important element in education. Most students live in College dormitories, which include coeducational housing as well as single sex dormitories and sections. Many members of the faculty live on or near the campus, and are readily accessible to students. Residence Halls Eleven residence halls, ranging in capacity from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f housing styles. These dormitories include: Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall, named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f Managers; Palmer and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; one building on the Mary Lyon School property; Worth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth and J. Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their parents; Willets Hall, made possible largely by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz. About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are designated as coeducational housing either by floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining areas are reserved for single sex housing. Dormitory sections may determine their own visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation. New students are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­ ences indicated, and to accommodate special needs, such as physical handicaps. Other students choose their rooms in an order determined by lot. All students are expected to occupy the rooms to which they are assigned or which they have selected through the regular room choosing process unless authorized by the Deans to move. Permission must also Be obtained from the Deans to reside outside college housing. Resident Assistants, selected from the junior and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the dormitory sections. Dormitories remain open during Thanksgiving week but are closed to student occupancy during Christmas and Spring vacations. Stu­ dents enrolled for the fall semester only are expected to vacate their dormitory rooms within twenty-four hours after their last sched­ uled examination. Freshmen, sophomores, and juniors are expected to leave immediately after their last examination in the spring so that their rooms may be prepared for use by Commence­ ment visitors. The insurance program for the College is designed to provide protection for College property and does not include the property of students or others. Students and their parents are strongly urged to review their insurance program in order to be sure that coverage is extended to include personal effects while at college. Sharpies Dining H all All students living on campus are required to subscribe to the College board plan for meals in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f all students, not all special requirements can be 34 accommodated; permission to reside off cam­ pus will be extended to any student not able to participate in the board plan. The dining hall is closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­ tions. SOCIAL CENTERS Tarble Social Center Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble of the Class o f 1913, the building which formerly housed the College Library was completely renovated and, since 1967, has served as the College’s Social Center. It includes recreational facilities, lounges, meeting rooms, and a snack bar. Under the leadership o f student co­ directors, many major social activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are held in Tarble. Other Centers The Alice Paul Women’s Center, housed in Sharpies I, was established to draw all women o f the Swarthmore community together through common concerns. The Center, which serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and alumnae, maintains a library o f resource books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides information, and sponsors a variety of pro­ grams, lectures, discussions and symposia for all members o f the college community about issues relating to women. A Black Cultural Center, located in the Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a library and facilities for various cultural activi­ ties o f special interest to black students. The Center and its program are guided by a com­ mittee o f black students, faculty, and adminis­ trators. Programs planned by the Center are open to all members of the College community. There are two fraternities at Swarthmore; Phi Sigma Kappa is affiliated with a national organization, while Phi Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate lodges on campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommodations or eating facilities. New members are pledged during late fall of their first year at the College. In recent years about ten per cent o f the freshman men have decided to affilitate with one of the fraternities. RELIGIOUS LIFE The religious life o f the College is founded on the Quaker principle that the seat o f spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light o f each individual. The Society o f Friends is com­ mitted to the belief that religion is best expressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accordingly no compulsory religious exercises. Students are encouraged to attend the churches o f their choice. Seven churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues may be found in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty coopera­ tion exist for the study o f the Bible and the exploration o f common concerns o f religion, the include: The Christian Fellowship, Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collective), Newman Club, and Ba’hai. STUDENT SERVICES Health and Psychological Services The W orth Health Center, a gift of the Worth family in memory o f William Penn Worth and Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for the college physicians and nurses, out-patient treatment facilities, offices of the Psychological Services director and staff, and rooms for 35 College Life students who require in-patient care. Registered nurses are on duty under the direction o f the college physicians. The college physicians hold office hours every weekday at the College, where students may consult them without charge. Students should report any illness to the college physicians, but are free to go for treatment to another doctor if they prefer to do so. As a part o f the matriculation process each student must submit a brief medical history and health certificate prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by the College. Pertinent information about such matters as physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Service in assisting each student. All this information will be kept confidential. The Health Center staff cooperates closely with the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics. Recommendations for limited activity may be made for those students with physical handicaps. In occasional cases a student may be excused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education De­ partment, although adaptive programs are offered. Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care in the Health Center per term without charge unless the services o f a special nurse are required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a com­ municable disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center for the period o f their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­ out cost, but a charge is made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures and laboratory tests, and transportation when necessary to local hospitals. The medical facilities o f the College are available to students injured in athletic activ­ ities or otherwise, but the College cannot assume additional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising from accidents. Insurance coverage for all students participating in athletics, however, is included in the mandatory health insurance package as is supplementary coverage for all accident in­ juries. A program o f psychological counseling services for students with personal or emotional prob­ lems is coordinated by a director, who also sees students for individual or group consultations. The director and the staff o f psychological counselors hold office hours by appointment each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy within the limits o f available time will be given to students without charge. In instances where longer treatment is indicated, the student will be referred to an outside psychiatrist or psychologist. Special educational seminars and workshops on issues o f concern to the entire college community are also sponsored by the coun­ selors, usually with the support o f or in conjunction with student organizations or interest groups and the Deans. The counselors are also available to consult with faculty members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­ bers of the college’s supportive staff. Student Advising Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as course advisor until this responsi­ bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s major department at the end o f the sophomore year. Requests for a change o f advisor should be addressed to the Dean and will be freely granted, subject only to equity in the number o f advisees assigned to individual faculty members. The Deans hold overall responsibility for the 36 advising system. They are themselves available to all students for advice on any academic or personal matters, and for assistance with special needs, such as those arising from physical handicaps. A consultant for testing and guidance is available to assist students with special prob­ lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and interest tests may be given on request. Career Planning and Placement The O ffice o f Career Planning and Placement helps students evaluate themselves and their goals in order to plan future career and life style alternatives. Individual counseling sessions and group workshops are available to facilitate this planning. Consultations are kept confi­ dential. The programs are open to students in all classes and are developmental in nature. Workshops are provided to help students expand their career options through exploration o f their values, interests, abilities, and experiences. Sophomore and junior students are encour­ aged to test options by participating in the Extern Program. This program provides on­ site experience in a variety o f career fields by pairing a student with an alumnus/a to work on a mutually planned task during the week of spring vacation. Career exploration and testing is also encouraged during summers, during a semester or year off, or during the school year. Assistance is provided in helping students locate appropriate jobs, internships, or volun­ teer opportunities. Placement help is provided through career information seminars, resume writing and interviewing skills workshops, and on-campus recruiting by representatives from business, industry, government, and graduate schools. Credential files are compiled for interested students to be sent to prospective employers and/or graduate admissions committees. Academic Support A program o f academic suport includes indi­ vidual tutorial services; special review sections attached to introductory courses in the natural sciences; a mathematics laboratory; an exposi­ tory writing workshop; and a pre-freshman Summer Program for selected entering stu­ dents sponsored conjointly with Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. The program is overseen by the Deans and a faculty committee in coop­ eration with the academic departments. There are no fees required for any o f these supportive services. W ithdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons Students may withdraw voluntarily because of health problems. Where health problems of a physical or psychological nature substantially interfere with a student’s academic perform­ ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the student may be withdrawn at the discretion of the College. The College reserves the right to require withdrawal when, in the judgment of either the Director o f Health Services or the Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s functioning is impaired or in jeopardy. A student who has withdrawn for health reasons may apply for readmission. Although application for readmission may be made at any time, the College expects that ordinarily readmission will not be effective except at the beginning of a semester. A student applying to the College for readmis§ion must provide evidence from his or her physician or psychotherapist o f increased ability to function academically or o f decreased hazard to health or safety. After such evidence has been provided, the student will ordinarily be required to be evaluated in person by a physician employed by the College Health Services and/or the Director o f Psychological Services, as appropriate. Recommendations for readmission are made to the Dean o f the College, who makes the final decision. 37 College Life ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS Alumni Relations acts as the channel of communication between the College and its alumni, enabling them to maintain an on-going relationship with each other. Some o f the office’s programs and activities include Alumni Day in the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings off campus all over the country, alumni travel tours, and special events such as centennial celebrations. It also plans the annual Parents’ Day/Student Arts Festival. The Alumni Office hires students as events intern, vocational intern, and intern for minority affairs each year to help coordinate these various programs. Students also work as staff for most o f the campus events. The Alumni Office also works closely with the Rapport and Support Committee o f Student Council, a liaison group which promotes understanding between students and alumni and supports the College in whatever ways seem appropriate. The annual Oktoberfest weekend originated in the Rapport and Sup­ port Committee. The Alumni Office also helps officers o f the senior class plan special events. Every other year the Alumni Office and the Office o f Career Planning and Placement sponsor a Career Day at which students meet alumni to exchange career and graduate school information. The Alumni Office gives staff support to the Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni Council, the 42-person elected gov­ erning body of the Alumni Association. There are 14,122 alumni, 7,285 men and 6,837 women; and 1,055 alumni are married to each other, giving substance to the traditional appellation for the College of "Quaker Match­ box.” The College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who has completed one semester. College Publications All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, faculty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available to all students. Other complimentary publica­ tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are an annual engagement calendar, the President’s and Treasurer’s Report, and the quarterly Garnet Letter. NEWS INFORMATION SERVICES The Office o f Information Services (News Office) works with the print and broadcasting media to provide news and information about the College to the public in neighboring communities, in the Philadelphia tri-state area, and throughout the nation. It responds to requests from the media for information on a variety o f subjects by calling on the resources and expertise of the faculty and professional 38 staff. The News Office prepares two publica­ tions; On Campus, a monthly schedule of activities at the College that are open to the public, distributed on request to over 2,000 households in the Philadelphia area, and the Weekly News,a newsletter o f events and an­ nouncements distributed to faculty, staff, and students. Student Community Student Conduct The influence o f the Society o f Friends within the College community is one o f the important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose Swarthmore as their college should understand that they are accept­ ing social and academic standards which, while subject to periodic review, are essential to the well-being o f the community. In general, the life o f students should be governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than elaborate rules. Certain regulations, however, are of particular importance and are listed below. 1. The possession and use of alcoholic bever­ ages on the campus is regulated by State law and limited to those areas o f the campus which are specified by the Student Council and the Dean. The observance o f moderation and decorum in respect to drink is a student obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious offense. 4. The participation by any student in any disruption or interference with the orderly programs, functions, or conduct o f College activities o f any kind is a serious offense. 5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected to show consideration for other residents. Stu­ dents are held responsible or the behavior of visiting guests. 6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­ mobile while enrolled at the College without the permission o f the Car Authorization Committee, a student-faculty group. This permission is not extended to freshmen. Day students may use cars for commuting to College, but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus parking. More detailed information may be obtained from the Office o f the Deans. 2. The use or possession of injurious drugs or narcotics without the specific recommendation o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans subjects a student to possible suspension or expulsion. Penalties for violations o f College regulations such as those listed above are set by judicial committees or the Deans and may involve suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations may be modified and new rules may be added at any time upon notice to the student body. 3. The use or possession of firearms or other dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­ crackers or other explosives are prohibited. The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire alarms or fire prevention equipment. The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any further reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of its officers shall be under any liability whatso­ ever for such exclusion. Judicial Bodies There are two judicial committees with distinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the entire student body, acts on cases o f alleged violations o f students’ rules and campus regulations except as they fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee. The CollegeJudiciary Committee is composed of student, faculty and administration members. It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon cases referred by or appealed from the Student Judiciary Committee. A more complete de­ scription o f the judicial system is available from the Office o f the Dean. Student Council The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire undergraduate commu­ nity and is the chief body o f student govem- ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­ tion o f student activities and the expression o f student opinon. 39 Student Community Committees o f the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates distribution of funds to student groups; the Elections Committee, which supervises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Committee (see below). In addition to these, there are several joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose stu­ dent membership is appointed by Council. Social Committee An extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social Committee appointed by the Student Coucil. The program is designed to appeal to a wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. There is usually no charge for college social functions. EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an opportunity to participate in a program o f extra-curricular activities wide enough to meet every kind of interest. There are more than thirty-five orga­ nized activities, not including departmental clubs or political organizations. They vary as greatly as the interests o f the students vary. The College encourages students to participate in whatever activities best fit their personal talents and inclinations. The Studio Arts Program The Studio Arts Program, administered by the Department o f Art, is an academic program. The Department, however, encourages that students organize and carry out independent extracurricular activities with or without the supervision o f its staff, and provides assistance and advice as requested. There are in existence at present the following student-organized groups in art: Photography Club, Student Art Association, Griffin, and Student Life Drawing Class, there are looms, now unused, for those interested in forming a weaving club. The Wilcox Gallery and the Griffin, both in Parrish Hall, often display student work. Music The Department o f Music administers and staffs several performing organizations. The College Chorus, directed by Professor Peter Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week. (The College Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the membership o f the Chorus, rehearses an additional one or two hours per week.) The College Orchestra, directed by Geoffrey Michaels rehearses twice a week. (The Chamber Orchestra, a small, uncon­ ducted ensemble consisting o f first-stand players from the Orchestra, also rehearses frequently.) The Orchestra each year sponsors a Concerto Competiton, open to all Swarth­ more College students. The winner performs 40 with the Orchestra during the Spring Semester. Auditions are normally held the first Thursday after Christmas vacation. A College Concert Band, which rehearses one night weekly and gives two major concerts each year in addition to several outdoor performances, is under the direction o f Yinam Leef, a member o f the Music Department faculty. Members o f the Orchestra, other instrumentalists and solo singers can participate in the chamber music coaching program. The Chorus and Orchestra give several public concerts each year at the College and elsewhere. Both organizations require auditions for mem- bership. Several student chamber music con­ certs (in which all interested students have an opportunity to perform) are given each semes­ ter. These concerts also provide an opportunity for student composers to have their composi­ tions performed publicly. Practice and performance facilities in the Lang Music Building include 16 practice rooms (each with at least one piano), two concert and rehearsal halls (each with its own concert grand), two organs, two harpsichords, and an electronic studio. The Daniel Underhill Music Library has excellent collections o f scores, books, and records. The William J. Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group o f concerts each year on the campus. The Music Department adminis­ ters a separate series o f public concerts. Dance The Swarthmore College Dancers perform public concerts with works choreographed by students, the dance faculty and other pro­ fessional choreographers. For the past few years Swarthmore College has been the recipient o f National Endowment for the Arts grants which have enabled the College, in conjunction with the William J. Cooper Foundation, to bring outstanding professional dance companies for short term residencies. The Department o f Physical Education and Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­ ance group in Folk Dance. Drama Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre. He supervises the drama program, which includes course work, workshops with guest directors, invited speakers, and a number o f student-directed projects each semester. Interested students should consult the depart­ mental statement in English Literature. Athletics Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any sports program must be justified by the contributions which it can make to the educational development o f the individual student who chooses to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part in a wide range o f sports. Within the limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the College feels that it is desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its intercol­ legiate or club teams, or in intramural sports. Faculty members serve as advisors for several o f the varsity athletic teams. They work closely with the teams, attending practices and many o f the scheduled contests. OUTREACH PROGRAMS Swarthmore College Upward Bound The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore College, begun in 1964 and continued with Federal support, is intended to provide simul­ taneously a valuable experience for Swarth- more students and a service to members of surrounding communities. It offers both a sixweek residential summer school in which Swarthmore students serve as counselors, and 41 College Life a series of activities during the academic year in which Swarthmore students serve as tutors. The program is administered by Edwin A. Collins, Project Director. Chester Internship Program Beginning in 1983, Swarthmore students may work as volunteers or paid Interns in a project to rehabilitate housing and improve the stan­ dard o f living for low-income residents in 42 Chester, Pa., a nearby city. The program is overseen by the Dean and a committee o f faculty members, alumni, and Chester com­ munity leaders. IV Educational Program Faculty Regulations Degree Requirements Awards and Prizes Fellowships 43 Educational Program GENERAL STATEMENT Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache­ lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f Science. The latter is given only to students who major in Engineering; the former, to students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences, and the Natural Sciences.* Four years of resident study are normally required for a Bachelor’s degree (see page 58), but variation in this term, particularly as a result of Advanced Placement credit, is possible (see page 19). The selection o f a program will depend upon the student’s interests and vocational plans. The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­ uals. A liberal education is concerned with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesthetic values, with the development o f analytical abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­ ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight, discrimination. One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967) sug­ gested two principles for a liberal education. "O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the most o f a liberal education, each student must go far enough into some subjects to give him a genuine mastery of disciplinary skills, so that he can use them to generate new discoveries on his own . . . He must go far enough to grasp systematic connections within a field, to see how fundamental principles combine to make intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or phenomena . . . The other principle is that of Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal education, each student must have enough breadth and variety in his studies so that he can compare and contrast different methods of inquiry . . ., and so that he can have the experience o f making the bright spark of connection leap across wide gaps. It is this breadth that gives point to the two senses of 'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal education . . . perception o f the relevance of one part o f learning to another, even across the 44 boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . . perception o f the relevance o f learning to the exigencies o f life . . . ” To these two principles the study added that the curriculum should aim to encourage resourcefulness and selfreliance and develop the personal conditions of intellectual progress by placing substantial responsibility upon the student for his or her education, amply allowing individuality o f programs and requiring important choices about the composition o f programs. "W hat we are proposing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum that leans rather sharply toward specialized diversity, and away from uniform generality . . . Our emphasis is on serious encounters with special topics and problems at a comparatively high level of competence, and on student programs that reflect individual constellations o f diversified interests.” Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­ quires o f the student both a diversity of intellectual experience sufficient to test and develop different capacities and perspectives and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently intensive to develop a serious understanding of problems and methods and a sense o f the conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal education are reflected in requirements for distribution and for the major. During the first half of their college program all students are expected to satisfy some if not all o f the distribution requirements, to choose their major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these subjects by taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists of four courses each semester chosen by the student in consultation with his or her faculty advisor. The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods o f study: the External Examination (Honors) Program and the Course program. Reading for Honors is characteristically the more intensive, Course work the more diversified. An Honors candi­ date concentrates on two or three fields, the major and one or more minors; studies are intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the student’s working time during the last two years. In addition, the student takes four courses, or the equivalent, which provide opportunities for further exploration outside the Honors program. At the close of the senior year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six examinations given by visiting examiners. A student in the Course program has wider freedom o f election and normally takes four courses or their equivalent in each o f the last four semesters. Before the end o f the senior year, students are required to pass a compre­ hensive examination given by the major depart­ ment. Students in the Course program are admitted to seminars when space is available; but work in colloquia as well as independent work is part o f the Course program. The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with certain variations which are explained on page 103. Courses out­ side the technical fields are distributed over all four years. The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­ mores are members of the faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors are the chairmen of their major departments or their representatives. PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES The curriculum o f the first two years intro­ duces a student to the content and methods o f a variety o f fields important to a liberal educa­ tion. The College distribution requirements are designed to lead the student into serious work in several different, important, and broadly characteristic kinds o f intellectual activity without insisting on a specific or narrow classification o f knowledge and inquiry. To meet these distribution requirements a student must take at least two courses in each o f the four subject-matter groups listed below, elect work in at least six departments, and complete at least 20 credits outside die major before graduation. Three o f the four distribu­ tion groups (those dealing with the natural sciences and engineering, literature and the arts, and the social and policy sciences) correspond generally to the College’s grouping o f academic departments in three divisions; a fourth group comprises subjects especially relevant to more than one division. Mathe­ matics, though not included in the four groups, may be counted as one o f the six departments in which work should be elected. Other courses which will not fulfill a distribution requirement (e.g. courses taught jointly by members o f different departments, courses in education) may not be counted as one o f the six departments. The distribution requirements are reviewed and revised from time to time by the Faculty as perspectives o f disciplinés and of departments change and in recognition o f the pluralism of intellectual work. The four groups for the distribution require­ ment at present are: 1. Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Engineer- ing (except Engineering 23), Physics (except Physics 5). 2. Art (courses in art history except Art History 5), Classics (literature courses numbered 11 or above), English Literature (with the exception o f English 1A and IB and workshop and studio courses), Modem Languages (literature courses numbered 11 or above), Music (except courses numbered 40-48 and Dance 1-12 and 40). 3. Classics (Greek 1-2; Latin 1-2; courses in ancient history), History, Linguistics, Modern Languages (courses numbered 1 through 10), Philosophy, Psychology, Re­ ligion, Engineering/Philosophy 34. 4. Economics (except Economics 3, 5), Polit­ ical Science, Sociology and Anthropology. Unless explicitly listed above, courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty members of departments in different distribution groups may not be used to satisfy distribution require­ ments; and courses cross-listed between depart­ ments in two groups fulfill the distribution requirement only for the group in which the offering department belongs. Students entering college with special prepara­ tion in any o f the subjects included in the distribution requirements may apply to the Committee on Academic Requirements for exemption from that requirement, but second­ ary school courses o f an advanced level do not usually provide grounds for such exemption. It is most desirable that students include in their programs some work in a foreign lan­ guage, beyond the basic language requirement 45 Educational Program (see p. 58). A student who intends to major in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or engineering should take an appropriate mathe­ matics course in the freshman year. Students intending to major in one o f the social sciences should be aware o f the increasing importance o f mathematical background for these subjects. In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed for the work o f the last two years in major and minor subjects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full program, bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20 credits must be taken outside the major department. Early in the sophomore year, the student should identify two or three subjects as possible majors, paying particular attention to departmental requirements and recommenda­ tions. While faculty advisors assist students in preparing their academic programs, it is empha­ sized that students themselves are individually responsible for planning and adhering to programs and for the completion o f graduation requirements. Faculty advisors, department chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans, the Associate Provost and the Registrar are available for information and advice. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. The requirements are stated in full on page 57. COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course program includes some intensive, specialized study within a general area o f interest. This comprises enough work in a single department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equiva­ lent of at least eight courses before graduation. There is no upper limit to the number of courses a student may take in the major field, provided that at least twenty credits be taken outside the major field. Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examina­ tion in his or her major subject. Students must determine a major subject by the end o f their sophomore year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the department or division concerned. Acceptance will be based upon the student’s record and an estimate o f his or her capabilities in the designated major. Students who fail to secure approval of a major cannot be admitted to the junior class. With departmental permission it is possible for a student to plan a Special Major that includes closely related work in one or more departments outside the major department. This work (up to four courses normally) is part o f the major program for the comprehensive examination; some o f it may consist of a thesis or other written research project(s) designed to integrate the work across departmental bound­ aries. In any case, the program of the Special 46 Major is expected to be integral in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning (not necessarily conventional) or topic or problems for sustained inquiry that crosses departmental boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field within the normal departmental major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­ sionally, where regular departmental require­ ments unduly constrain the possibilities o f a Special Major, these requirements may be relaxed to a minimum of six courses in the primary department or by the omission of certain courses in that department normally required for the sake o f breadth o f experience o f the major field; but course requirements central to systematic understanding of the major field will not be waived. By extension, Special Majors may be formulated as joint majors between two departments, normally with at least five credits in each department and 11 in both departments, which, in such pro­ grams, collaborate in advising and in the comprehensive examination. During the junior and senior years, Course students are advised by the chairman o f the major department (or a member o f the department designated by the chairman) whose approval must be secured for the choice of courses each semester. The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who have done distinguished work in the Course program and have achieved the grade average established for this degree. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS) FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS The External Examination Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While the program is designedly flexible and respon­ sive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence o f the system. (1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­ tion o f the student’s attention during the j unior and senior year upon a limited field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues only two sub­ jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of interests. Content o f studies is correspondingly broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of reading and investigation and demanding of the student correlations of an independent and searching nature. (2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students from periodic examination, it exposes their thinking to continual scrutiny from both classmates and instructors. In this program, students are prepared for examinations in six subj ects, given at the close o f the senior year. In these, the student is expected to demonstrate competence in a field o f knowledge rather than mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations which the instructor has presented. These examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who also come to the campus to conduct an oral examination o f each student. (3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried on in seminars, in independent projects, or in classes which have been approved as prepara­ tions for Honors. Seminars meet once a week, in many cases in the home o f the instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or more. The exact technique o f the seminar varies with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment. While students preparing for Honors examinations may under unusual circumstances elect to take as many as eight seminars, an Honors candidate will usually take no more than six seminars; if over six are taken, those six which constitute commitment to be considered for Honors must be designated at the time o f entry into the External Examination program. Once a semi­ nar in a designated subject has been taken, the student must stand for the external examina­ tion as part o f his or her Honors program. Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six seminars may be taken, since it is possible to prepare in other ways for Honors examinations. In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open: (1) The normal program o f reading for Honors consists of six subjects studied during the last two years in preparation for papers, i.e., examinations, given by the visiting examiners at the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern is four papers in the major department and two in a minor department, but other combinations o f major and minor fields are possible. No student is allowed more than four papers in the major; in those cases where three subjects are offered in each o f two fields, one o f them is designated as the major. While there is a general belief that two papers in a minor field are desirable because o f the mutual reinforce­ ment they provide, there are by custom certain subjects which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and divisions in which the work is done. (2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number o f examinations. Such pro­ grams must be worked out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide special visiting examiners for work taken elsewhere and since instruction in some fields o f the student’s choice may not be available in the other institution. In general the student following 47 Educational Program this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh carefully the advantage of working indepen­ dently or under tutorial guidance against the loss incurred by missing both the stimulus and criticism provided in seminar. (3 ) Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or were not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter the External Examination program as late as the middle of the senior year. They shall receive no remission o f the number o f examinations by reason o f their preparation in the Course program. Such students must petition the division before the beginning of the second semester of the senior year for permission to take the Honors examinations and must submit an acceptable list o f examinations which they are prepared to take. A candidate for admission to the External Examination program should consult the chair­ men o f his or her prospective major and minor departments during the second semester of the sophomore year and work out a program for the junior and senior years. This proposed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar who will forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by the divisions depends in part upon the quality o f the student’s previous work as indicated by the grades received but mainly upon the student’s apparent capacity for assuming the responsibility o f reading for Honors. The major department is responsible for the origi­ nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester. The division is responsible for ap­ proval of the original program and o f any later changes in that program. At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­ dates are required to take the Honors examina­ tions set at that time for the fields they have studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners. On the basis of the showing made in these examinations, the student may be advised or required to drop out o f the External Examina­ tion program. Those students who move to the Course program under these circumstances or for other reasons will receive grades for the work accomplished while reading for Honors, but in no case without taking examinations in the field covered. At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the decision o f the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely in the hands of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, successful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with Highest Honors. When the work o f a candidate does not in the opinion of the examiners merit Honors of any grade, Swarthmore faculty members review the student’s examination papers and determine whether or not to grant a degree in the Course program. EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM Although the normal period of uninterrupted work toward the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor o f Science degrees is four years, graduation in three years is freely permitted when a student can take advantage o f Advanced Placement credits, perhaps combining them with extra work by special permission. When circum­ stances warrant, a student may lengthen the continuous route to graduation to five years by carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four: this may be appropriate for students who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements of the usual preparation for college, who are physi­ cally handicapped, or who wish to free time for activities relating to their curricular work 48 although not done for academic credit. Such five-year programs are possible in Music and Studio Arts for students who are taking instruction o ff campus or who wish to pursue studio or instrumental work without full credit but with instruction and critical supervision; but such programs are possible only on application to and selection by the department concerned, which will look for exceptional accomplishment or promise. In all cases where it is proposed to reduce academic credit and lengthen the period before graduation the College looks particularly to personal circum­ stances and to careful advising and necessarily charges the regular annual tuition (see the provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or more are freely permitted and in some cases encouraged, subject also to careful planning and academic advising. NORMAL COURSE LOAD Although normal progress toward the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the equivalent each semester, students may and frequently do vary this by programs of five courses or three courses if it is desirable for them to do so. The object of progress toward the degree is not primarily, however, the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses within the normal eight semester en­ rollment. Programs o f more than five courses or fewer than four courses require special per­ mission (see p. 2 0 on tuition and p. 56 on registration). FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION While classes and seminars are the normal curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty regulations encourage other modes as well. Thes include various forms o f individual study, student-run courses, and a limited amount o f “practical” or off-campus work. The principal forms o f individual work are attachments to courses, directed reading, and tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­ ments provides that a student may attach to an existing course, with permission of the instruc­ tor, a project o f additional reading, research, and writing. If this attachment is taken concur­ rently with the course it is normally done for half credit. If it is taken in a later semester (preferably the semester immediately follow­ ing), it may be done for either half or full credit. This kind o f work can be done on either a small-group or individual basis. It is not possible in all courses, but it is in most, including some introductory courses. For freshmen and sophomores it is a way of developing capacities for independent work, and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to seminars as a preparation for papers. Students who decide before the middle of the semester to do a half-credit attachment may commonly, with permission, drop a regular course and carry three and a half credits in that term to be balanced by four and a half credits in another term. Studepts may do as many as two attachments each year. Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but the faculty role in the former is more biblio­ graphical than pedagogical, and, because they require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­ ties for directed reading are more frequent in most departments than are opportunities for tutorials. In both cases substantial written work and/or written examinations are con­ sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­ able that the work be more specialized or more sharply focussed than is usually the case in courses or seminars; the work may range from a course o f reading to a specific research project. Such work is available primarily to juniors and seniors in accordance with their curricular interests and as faculty time permits. The faculty regulation on student-run courses permits “a group o f students to propose a topic to an instructor for half or single credit and to run their own course with a reading list approved by the instructor and a final examina­ tion or equivalent administered by him, but normally with no further involvement of faculty.” In organizing such a course students obtain provisional approval and agreement to serve as course supervisor from a faculty member by December 1st (for the spring term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the basis of an initial memorandum emphasizing the principal subject matter to be studied, the questions to be asked about it, the methods o f investigation, and providing a preliminary bibliography. The course is then registered by its organizers with the Provost, who has administrative supervi­ 49 Educational Program sion o f such work, and who may waive the foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in the organization o f such courses. The course supervisor consults his or her department, and in die case o f an interdepartmental course, any othe.r department concerned, whose represen­ tatives together with the Provost will decide whether to approve the course. The supervisor also reviews the course outline and bibliog­ raphy and qualifications and general eligibility o f students proposing to participate in the course. After a student-run course has been found acceptable by the appropriate depart­ ment (or departments) and the Provost, the course supervisor’s final approval is due ten days before the term begins, following which a revised reading list and class list are given to the Librarian and the course title and class list are filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the course the supervisor evaluates and grades the students’ work or arranges for an outside exam­ iner to do so. Student-run courses may vary in format and content. In particular, they may be provisional­ ly proposed for half credit to run in the first half of the semester, and at midterm, may be either concluded or, if the participants and course supervisor find the work profitable, continued for the balance o f the term for full credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may be started after the beggining of the semester (up to midsemester) for half credit and then be continued, on the same basis, into the follow­ ing term. Or they may be taken for half credit over a full term. The role o f the course supervisor may exceed that in planning and evaluation outlined above and extend to occasional or regular participation. The only essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures, are sufficient planning and organization o f the course to facilitate focus and penetration. The course planning and organization, both analyti­ cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as important ends in themselves, to be empha­ sized in the review of proposals before ap­ proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required for graduation may be taken in student-run courses. Finally, as to applied or practical work, the College may under faculty regulations grant up to one course credit for practical work, which may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely to contribute to a student’s progress in regular course work, and subject to four conditions: ( 1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the project; ( 2) sponsorship by the instructor’s department, and in the case of an interdisci­ plinary project, any other department con­ cerned, whose representatives together with the Provost will decide whether to grant permission for the applied or practical work before that work is undertaken; (3) a basis for the project in some prior course work; and (4) normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­ ture and production o f a written report as parts o f the project. This option is intended to apply to work in which direct experience of the offcampus world or responsible applications of academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the practice o f an art are the primary elements. Because such work is likely to bear a loose relation to organized instruction and the regu­ lar curriculum, the College limits academic credit for it while recognizing its special importance for some students’ programs. INTERDISCIPLINARY W ORK The requirements o f the major typically leave room for significant flexibility in students’ programs, both within and outside the major. This may be used to pursue a variety of interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity; it may also be used for the practical integration o f individual programs around interests or principles supplementing the major. The Col­ lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­ eval Studies, Literature, and LinguisticsPsychology, and formal interdisciplinary pro­ 50 grams short of the major in Asian Studies, Black Studies, International Relations, and Public Policy. The programs in Education and in Linguistics have departmental status as to staff. It should be recognized that some depart­ ments are themselves interdisciplinary in na­ ture; that a considerable number o f courses are cross-listed between departments; that each year some courses are taught jointly by mem­ bers of two or more departments; that depart­ ments commonly recommend or require sup­ porting work for their major in other departments; and that students can organize their work into personally selected concentrations in addition to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly in Special Majors. Such concentra­ tion is formally provided in Black Studies, Asian Studies, International Relations, and Public Policy. Many other opportunities exist informally—e.g., in comparative literature, in African studies, in American studies, in Reli­ gion and Sociology-Anthropology, in Engineer­ ing and Social Sciences, in Biochemistry or in Chemical Physics. Students are encouraged to seek the advice of faculty members on such possibilities with respect to their particular interests. In some cases faculty members of several departments have planned and sched­ uled their course offerings with some consulta­ tion so as to afford a de facto concentration in addition to the major, and students may wish to know and take advantage o f these cases of over­ lapping faculty interests. HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM The function o f the health sciences advisory program is twofold: to advise students inter­ ested in a career in the health sciences, and to prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­ sional schools to which students apply. The letters are based on faculty evaluations re­ quested by the student, the student’s academic record and non-academic activities. Students intending to enter a career in the health sciences, especially those applying to medical or dental schools, should plan their academic programs carefully to meet the necessary requirements, as well as the general College requirements. The following courses are among the minimum requirements for students entering medical or dental schools: Biology 1, 2 (students who have earned advanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2 should take two other biology courses); Chemistry 10, 2 2 ,3 2 , 36; Physics 1, 2, or 3 ,4 ; Math 5 and one additional math course; and English Literature, two semester courses. Stu­ dents should note the physics and math prerequisites for Chemistry 36 and plan their sequence o f courses accordingly. In addition to the minimal requirements, some medical schools require and many recommend the following courses: Cell Biology, Developmental Biology, Genetics, and one year o f calculus. However, the student should bear in mind that requirements change, and should remain in touch with those professional schools in which he or she is interested. The work o f the junior and senior years may be completed in either the Course or the Honors Program, and in any major department o f the student’s choice. However, professional schools in the health sciences generally require a demonstrated proficiency in the basic sciences. All required courses should therefore be taken on a graded basis after the first semester o f the freshman year. Almost all medical schools require applicants to take the New Medical College Admission Test which is given in April and September each year. It is recommended that students take the test in the Spring o f the year that they apply for admission to medical schools. The Student Manual for the New MCAT should be reviewed as early as practical and may be purchased in the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­ nary Aptitude Test, are often required by dental and veterinary schools. Specific requirements for each medical and dental school along with much other useful information are given in two publications which are available in the College bookstore or the Health Sciences Advisory Office: Medical School Admission Requirements and Admission Requirements o f American Dental Schools. Cata­ logs for most medical and veterinary schools are also on file in the Advisory Office. The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical­ ly with students interested in health careers and is available to assist students in planning their programs in cooperation with students’ own academic advisors. Further information on opportunities, requirements and procedures can be obtained from the Health Sciences Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to make his or her intentions known to the Advisor at the earliest possible date. 51 Educational Program CREATIVE ARTS Work in the creative arts is available both in the curriculum o f certain departments and on an extracurricular basis. Interested students should consult the departmental statements in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of not more than five courses in the creative arts may be counted toward the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. WRITING COURSES In 1981 the faculty adopted, as a four-year experiment, a program of voluntary "writing courses” in various disciplines. In these courses students write extensively as an integral part of learning the subject matter in courses of limited enrollment (or sections o f larger courses). Depending on the amount o f work involved, the courses may be designated for 1.0 or 1.5 credits. COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS W ith the approval of their faculty advisor and the Registrar, students may take a course offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or the University of Pennsylvania without the payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement does not apply to the summer session o f the University o f Pennsylvania. STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS To provide variety and a broadened outlook for interested students, the College has student exchange arrangements with Howard Univer­ sity, Middlebury College, Mills College, Pomona College, Rice University, and Tufts University. Selection is made by a committee o f the home institution from among applicants who will be sophomores or juniors at the time o f the exchange. With each institution there is a limited and matched number of exchanges. Students settle financially with the home institution, thus retaining during the exchange any financial aid for which they are eligible. Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer o f participants to the institution with which the exchange takes place. EDUCATION ABROAD The College recognizes the general educational value of travel and study abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested students to take advantage o f such opportunities. It distinguishes, however, between those foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part o f a Swarthmore educational program, and those which must be regarded as supple­ mentary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study must meet Swarthmore academic stan­ dards, and must form a coherent part o f the student’s four-year plan of study. The External Examination (Honors) Program in particular 52 demands a concentration o f study which is not easily adapted to the very different educational systems of foreign universities. Therefore, while some of the programs listed below may normally be taken as substitutes for a semester or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is judged individually, and the College may withhold its approval o f a particular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra college year. Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Registrar and the chairmen of departments concerned, if credit is to be given for courses taken. Students may be asked to take examinations upon their return to the College. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following return to Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as Art and Modern Languages and Literatures, publish separate instructions for transfer of credits from other institutions. These are available from the respective department offices. 1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France, inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students entering this program spend either one or two semesters at the University of Grenoble, where their course o f study is the equivalent of one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This program, under the auspices o f the Department of Modern Languages and Literatures, is open to students from any department, but especially those in the humanities and social sciences. Should there be places available, applications from students at other institutions are accepted. The number o f participants in limited to twenty-five. Students are integrated into the academic life at the University o f Grenoble through regular courses, when their language competence al­ lows, or through special courses for foreign students. Individual programs are arranged to suit the needs and competencies o f students. Preparation o f Honors papers is possible in certain fields. The program is designed primar­ ily for juniors and second semester sopho­ mores, but seniors can be accommodated in special cases. A member o f the Department o f Modern Languages and Literatures acts as resident Director. The Director teaches a course or a seminar, supervises the academic program and the living arrrangements o f the students, and advises on all educational or personal prob­ lems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarthmore handles such matters as admissions to the program (in consultation with the Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to departments within the College and to institu­ tions whose students participate in the pro­ gram. Applications for the fall semester must be submitted by March 15 and for the spring semester by October 15. 2. Academic Year in Madrid, Spain. This pro­ gram is administered by the Romance Language Department of Hamilton College, in coopera­ tion with faculty members o f Williams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students many enroll either for the full academic year or for the fall semester only. (Credit at Swarth­ more must be obtained through the depart­ ments concerned.) The program attempts to take full advantage o f the best facilities and teaching staff of the Spanish community, while adhering to the code o f intellectual perform­ ance characteristic o f the most demanding American institutions. A distinguishing aspect of the program is the individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that are made to find homes well suited for student lodging, and (2) the activities which are planned to insure ample contact with Spanish students. The program is based in Madrid, where the cultural, educational and geographic benefits are optimum. Classrooms and office space are located at the International Institute (Miguel Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally located, it houses a library eminently suited for study and research, and it sponsors a series of lectures, concerts and social activities. The program is under the general guidance of a committee comprised o f members of the Hamilton College Department o f Romance Languages, who, in rotation with professors from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­ more Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid. Applications and further information are avail­ able from the Department o f Modern Lan­ guages and Literatures. 3. Swarthmore-supported Programs o f Study Abroad. Beginning in the academic year 198081 Swarthmore students may apply their scholarship monies to the cost of participating in one o f the programs o f academic study abroad listed below, subject to the student’s acceptance to the program in question and the customary regulations which apply to study abroad as outlined above. 1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble (France) for either semester or the entire academic year (see above); 2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid 53 Educational Program (Spain) for the fall semester or the entire academic year (see above); 3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­ sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the entire academic year; 4) Smith College Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire academic year; 5) Great Lakes College Association Latin America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­ lombia) for either semester or the entire academic year; 6) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester or the entire academic year. 7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris). 8) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November) semester. Students who wish to apply scholarship funds to the above programs should consult with the Financial Aid officer o f the College. 4. Other Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under formal academic conditions but whose needs would not be met by any o f the programs listed above may apply to one o f the programs administered by other American colleges and universities; for exam­ ple, those of Oberlin College, with whose Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­ grams o f study at foreign universities, under the supervision o f American college personnel. Interested students should consult the Associ­ ate Provost. 5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign institutions for admis­ sion as a special student. This should be done only after consultation with the Associate Provost, the Registrar, and the appropriate 54 department head. Care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will be acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most for­ eign universities severely limit the number of students they accept for short periods. 6 . Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gift o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’07), were instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded each year on the recommendation o f the Department o f Modern Languages and Litera­ tures, preferably to sophomores and juniors, for academic studies centering on the languages and literatures taught in the Department. Scholarships are awarded for study in Europe, South America, and, under special circum­ stances, in other non-English speaking coun­ tries on the basis o f the plan o f study submitted by the applicant and the promise o f academic distinction. The scholarships are for a mini­ mum o f one semester plus a summer; course credit is given for the work done upon approval of the department concerned. Appli­ cations are available from the Department of Modern Languages and Literatures. Applica­ tions for the spring semester and summer are due on or near November 1o f each year; for the summer and fall semester on or near April 1 of each year. 7. The Olga Lamkert Memorial Fund. Income from a fund established in 1979 by students of Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarth­ more College from 1949 to 1956, is available to students with demonstrated financial need who wish to attend a Russian summer school program in this country or either the Leningrad or Moscow semester programs in the USSR. Awards based on merit and financial need will be made on the recommendation o f the Russian section of the Department o f Modem Languages and Literatures. 8. Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies, Rome. See announcement o f the Art Depart­ ment, p. 67, and o f the Classics Department, p. 88. Faculty Regulations ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES Registration to take a course for credit implies regular attendance at classes, unless a student specifically elects to obtain credit in a course without attending classes. The conditions for exercising this option are set forth below. With this exception, students are responsible for regular attendance. Faculty members will re­ port to the Dean the name o f any student whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number of cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend all classes. When illness necessitates absence from classes, the student should report at once to the nurses or to the college physician. A student may obtain credit for a course without attending class meetings by reading the material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a final examination, under the following condi­ tions: 1) The student must signify intent to do so at the time o f registration, having obtained the instructor’s approval in advance. 2) If after such registration the student wishes to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­ tor’s approval must be obtained. 3 ) The student may be required to perform such work, in addition to the final examination, as the instructor deems necessary for adequate evaluation o f his or her performance. 4) The final grade will be recorded by the Registrar exactly as if the student had attended classes normally. GRADES Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s offices at intervals during the year upon the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the average required for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­ pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies that the student has been permitted to with­ draw from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­ tion; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove the condition. R is used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases in which the work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English. Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assignments or exami­ nations. The Faculty has voted that a student's final grade in a course should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not completed by the date o f the final examination, or the end o f the examination period. However, if cir­ cumstances beyond the student’s control pre­ clude the completion o f the work by this date, a grade o f Incomplete (Inc.) may be assigned with the permission o f the Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must normally be made up and graded and the final grade recorded within five weeks after the start o f the following term. Except by special permission o f the Registrar (on consultation with the Committee on Academic Requirements) all grades of Inc. still outstanding after that date will be replaced on the student’s permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver of this provision by special permission shall in no case extend beyond one year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred. The only grades recorded on students’ records for courses taken during their first semester of the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no 55 Faculty Regulations credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of the term in which the course is taken, except that repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and soph­ omores CR will be recorded for work that would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the student and the faculty adviser with evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The evaluation for first-semester freshmen includes a letter-grade equivalent; for other students the evaluation may be either a letter-grade equivalent, or a comment. Such evaluations are not a part o f the student’s grade record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­ vided to other institutions if requested by the student and absolutely required by the other institution. Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end o f each semester. They are not routinely sent to parents or guardians, but such infor­ mation may be released when students request it. A C (2.0) average is required in the courses counted for graduation. REGISTRATION All students are required to register and enroll at the time specified in official announcements and to file programs o f courses or seminars approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration or enrollment. A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses in each semester. If more than five or fewer than four courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be consulted and a petition filed with the Commit' tee on Academic Requirements. Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving withdrawal from a course must be received not later than the middle of the semester, or the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only one-half a semester. A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning students prior to their registration in both the spring and fall semesters. This deposit is applied to charges for the semester, and is not refundable. EXAMINATIONS Any student who is absent from an examina­ tion, announcement o f which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge o f the course. No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be interpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the College and under direct departmental super­ vision. ACADEMIC HONESTY Members o f an academic community have an unequivocal responsibility to present as the result o f their own work only that which is truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most serious offense, and one which strikes at the foundations o f academic life. 56 The reponsibility o f the Faculty in this area is three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem to those they teach, to minimize temptation and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean for action by the College Judiciary Committee. The College Judiciary Committee will consider the case, determine guilt, and recommend a penalty to the President. The order o f magni­ tude of the penalty should reflect the serious­ ness of the transgression. It is the opinion of the Faculty that for the first offense failure in the course and, as appropriate, suspension for a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the penalty should normally be expulsion. A full description o f College judicial procedure may be obtained from the office o f the Dean. STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted provided the request for leave is received by the date o f enrollment and the student is in good standing. If a student has not enrolled and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or she is withdrawing. Such students must apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to return to College after an interval. The purpose o f this policy is to assist the College in planning its enrollments. SUMMER SCHOOL WORK Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­ lege credit for work at a summer school are required to obtain the approval o f the chairman of the Swarthmore department concerned before doing the work. Prior approval is not automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­ tion about the content and instruction o f the work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work for credit depends upon evaluation o f the materials o f the course including syllabus, reading lists, written papers, and examinations, by the Swarthmore department concerned after the work has been done. Validation may include an examination, written or oral, admin­ istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript from the summer school must be presented to the Office o f the Registrar before the work can be validated for credit. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following the term in which the course is taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours. PHYSICAL EDUCATION In the freshman and sophomore years all non­ veteran students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction. (See the departmental statement o f the Department of Physical Education and Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled their Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter their junior year. EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose academic standing it regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning any further reason therefor; and neither the College nor any o f its officers shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion. WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS (see p. 37) 57 Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have met the following requirements for graduation. The candidate must have: 1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­ valent. 2. An average grade o f C in the courses counted for graduation.* 3. Complied with the distribution require­ ments and have completed at least twenty credits outside the major. (See pages 4 5 -4 6 .) 4. Beginning with the Class o f 1987, either: a) passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign language while in high school; or, b) achieved a score of 600 or its equivalent in a foreign language on a standard achievement test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign language while at Swarthmore. 5. Met the requirements in the major and supporting fields during the last two years. 6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in his or her major field, or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with Honors. 7. Completed four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College, two o f which have been those o f the senior year. 8. Completed the physical education require­ ment set forth on page 57 and in statements of the Department of Physical Education and Athletics. 9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and library books. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of Science may be conferred subject to the following requirements: Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­ more. The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the department or departments con­ cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the year in which the candidate is to begin work. The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent of a full year’s work of * “An average o f C” is interpreted for this purpose as being a numerical average o f at least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A- = 3.67, B+ = 3.33, B = 3 .0 , B- = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 , C- =■ 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D- = 0.67). 58 graduate character. This work may be done in courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two related departments. A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examination conducted by the department or departments in which the work was done. The candidate shall be ex­ amined by outside examiners, provided that where this procedure is not practicable, excep­ tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­ tee. The department or departments concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with the reports o f the student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­ ommendations to the faculty for the award of the degree. At the option o f the department or depart­ ments concerned, a thesis may be required as part o f die work for the degree. Grades of Credit/No Credit and grades on the record for work not taken at Swarthmore College are not included in computing this average. A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before admission to candi­ dacy a competence in those languages deemed by his or her department or departments most essential for the field o f research. Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements o f departments which admit candidates for the degree. The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s degree is $8,230. 59 Awards and Prizes The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year to the man o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. The O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty each year to the woman o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. The McCabe Engineering Award, founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty o f the department of Engineering. The Flack Achievement Award, presented by the Flack Foundation, one of whose founders is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class of 1938, is made to a deserving student who, during the first two years at Swarthmore College, has demonstrated a good record o f achievements in both academic and extracurricular activities while showing leadership potential as a con­ structive member o f the College. The donor hopes these awards will go to students of demonstrated achievement and high potential who are dedicated to the basic principles of American democracy and o f academic free­ dom. The awards are not related to need. The Academy o f American Poets awards $100 each year for the prize poem (or group of poems) submitted in a competition under the direction o f the Department of English Litera­ ture. The Adams Prize o f $ 100 is awarded each year by the Department of Economics for the best paper submitted in quantitative economics. The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson ’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson. It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded Junior majoring in Chemestry or Biochemistry who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives most promise o f excellence and dedication in the field. The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in memory o f this member of the Class o f 1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded to a junior who has a strong interest in the studio arts. It is held during the senior year. The recipient may apply for up to $ 2,000 for a fellowship in art to be carried out during the 60 summer between the junior and senior year, with the balance of funds available to be used during the academic year, or postgraduately. American Chemical Society Award is given to the student who is judged by the Department of Chemistry to have the best performance in chemistry and overall academic achievement. American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to the student who is judged by the Department o f Chemistry to have the second best record in chemistry and overall academic performance. The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand Blanshard, Professor of Philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David H. Scull, of the Class of 1936. The award o f $100 is presented annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the Department, submits the best essay on any philosophical topic. The William and Sophie Bramson Prize in Sociology and Anthropology is awarded each year on the basis o f outstanding academic performance, with special emphasis placed upon senior thesis. The Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize, honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor of Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be presented annually to a Course student and Honors candidate who, in the opinion of the Mathematics Department, have demonstrated excellence in Mathematics. The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering College, the best record for scholar­ ship, character, and influence. The Alice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies of $100 is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee, submits the best essay on any topic in Asian Studies. The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife, Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a student o f Swarthmore College who, in the opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the best paper on the subject dealing with a literature of a foreign language. The prize of about $100 is awarded in the spring semester. Awarding o f the prize will be under the direction o f the Literature Committee. The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered for the best original poem or for a translation from any language. The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by friends of Philip M. Hicks, former Professor of English and Chairman o f the Department of English Literature. They are awarded to the two students who in the opinion of the Department submit the best critical essay on any topic in the field o f literature. The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion of $100, donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class of 1918 and named in honor of Jesse Holmes, Professor of History o f Religion and Philosophy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is awarded to the student who, in the opinion of the Department of Religion, submits the best essay on any topic in the field o f religion. The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the campus managerial organization known as the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­ fies the Society’s five principles: Service, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sportsman­ ship. The Ella Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for visiting poets and writers. The Lois Morrell Poetry Award, given by her parents in memory of Lois Morrel o f the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion of the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for the award. The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the year. The A. Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50, endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely upon the size of the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subject-matter. The May E. Parry Memorial Award, donated by the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member, is presented by the faculty of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics to the senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­ ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribution to Swarthmore College. The Drew Pearson Prize of $100 is awarded by the editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each staff academic year to a member of The Phoenix for excellence in journalism. The prize was established by the directors o f The Drew Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class o f 1919. The John W. Perdue Memorial Prize, established in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student of the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the Depart­ ment of Engineering to the outstanding student entering the junior class with a major in engineering. The William Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, established in 1927, in addition to providing funds for the collection o f recorded literature described on page 14, sponsors awards for the best student short stories, and is a major source o f funds for campus appearances by poets and writers. The Melvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each year for the best, most insightful paper in Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­ raphy by a student, judged by the Department of Music and Dance. The prize was established by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy, Class of 1948. FACULTY AWARD The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to a member of the Swarthmore Faculty, to help meet the expenses of a full year o f leave devoted to research and self-improvement. This award acknowledges the particularly 61 Aw ards and Prizes strong link that exists at Swarthmore between teaching and original scholarly work. The award itself is to be made by the President upon the recommendation o f the Provost and the candidate’s academic department. This award is made possible by an endowment established by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger Flack ’38. Fellowships Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincott, and Lockwood Fellowships—see below) are awarded annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships— see below) are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the College for the pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are made on recommendation o f the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed program o f study which has the approval of the Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of the Committee by March 31. The Committee considers applicants for all o f these fellowships for which they are eligible and makes recom­ mendations which overall do not discriminate on the basis of sex. These fellowships are: The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom. The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory of his father. the first year o f graduate work, is intended to encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an academic career. The recipient, who must be a United States citizen or permanent resident, will receive the amount necessary to cover tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or Computer Science at another institution in the United States. The precise amount o f each fellowship will be based on the costs and policies o f the university and department chosen for graduate work. The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20, Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’56 and Ellen Fetter Gille in memory of Elizabeth P. Fetter ’25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons o f four top-notch student string players at the College. Interested applicants should write to the Chairman of the Department o f Music and should plan to play an audition at the College when coming for an interview. The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship, founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the Society of Friends. Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships provide stipends fo r attendance at summer workshops in music and dance. Recipients are selected by the Department o f Music and Dance on the basis of written proposals. The Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society and sustained by the contributions of Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior who is to pursue advanced study in an institution ap­ proved by the Committee. Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon of Penn­ sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate study to a senior who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a program o f advanced study in some branch of the liberal arts. The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­ tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­ tary or secondary school work. The recipient of the award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the Committee. Other fellowships are awarded under the conditions described below: Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics Department to a student majoring in Classics for study in Greece or Italy. The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­ ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­ ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who have completed their Opportunity Project (see Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­ ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­ tion or Honors may apply for these fellow­ ships. Applicants should submit to the Com­ mittee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan of graduate study with high potential for service to society. This fellowship is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. The Thomas B. McCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley McCabe Memorial Fellowship. This Fellowship, awarded annually to a graduate o f the College, provides a grant toward the first year of study at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time Fellowships residents of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr. McCabe received the M.B.A. from Harvard and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting the recipient, the Committee on Fellowhips and Prizes follows the standards that determine the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving special consideration to applicants who have demonstrated superior qualities of leadership. Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligible to apply. T heJ. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship in Public Affairs. The Fellowship, endowed by friends of Professor J. Roland Pennnock at his retirement in 1976 and in recognition of his many years of distinguished teaching of Political Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as much as $2,500 to support a substantial research project (which could include inquiry through responsible participation) in public affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore under­ graduates, would normally be held off-campus during the summer. Preference is given to applicants from the Junior Class. FACULTY FELLOWSHIP The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is designed to enhance the educational program o f Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty development, by promoting original or innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty members, and by encouraging the use o f such achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange among scholars. The Fellowship will provide financial support for faculty leaves through a grant of about one half the recipient’s salary during the grant year. Upon recommendation o f the Selection Committee, there may be a small additional grant for travel and project expenses and for library book purchases. The 64 Selection Committee shall consist of the Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three other persons selected by the President, of whom at least two must be Swarthmore alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave may apply, and up to four may be chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or papers resulting from the work of their leave year, presented publicly for the College and wider community. The Selection Committee may support wholly or in part the cost of publishing any of these papers. These fellow­ ships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38. Courses of Instruction The course (semester course) is the unit of credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses. A few courses are given for halfcourse credit. Courses are numbered as follows: 1 to 10 — introductory courses 11 to 99 — other courses (Some o f these courses are not open to fresh­ men and sophomores.) 100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates and graduate students. 66 Year courses, the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2), must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the first semester if the student fails the second semester. Although the course listings in ths catalogue cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are intended to facilitate planning by representing probable offerings over a two-year period. Those courses actually offered each semester are listed in the schedule of classes available before enrollment for that semester. Art T. KAORI KITAO, Professor CONSTANCE CAIN HUNGERFORD, Associate Professor and Chairman C URTIS H A N SM A N BRIZENDINE, Assistant Professor M IC H AEL W. COTHREN, Assistant Professor RANDALL L. EXON, Assistant Professor BRIAN A. MEUNIER, Assistant Professor JOYCE J. NAGATA, Assistant Professor (part-time) The Department of Art offers historical, critical, and practical instruction in the visual arts. Courses in art history consider questions having to do with the forms, traditions, meaning, and historical context of works of art and architecture; studio arts courses explore problems of methods, processes, and personal resources which arise in the actual creation of objects in various media. Wilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­ lery located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall, pro­ vides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an integral part of the Studio Arts Program. The works of nationally known artists as well as those of younger artists, in various media, are exhibited in group and one-person shows. Randall Exon is in charge of the Gallery. Heilman Artist: Each year the Department of Art, in cooperation with the majors in art, selects an artist to visit the College to serve as a visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work of the invited artist is exhibited in the Wilcox Art Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives critiques in the studios and also meets and talks with students, both majors and non-majors, on an informal basis. Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13. Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 13. Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship: See p. 24. Study Abroad: Swarthmore is one of the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­ ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities also for the study o f Art History. Art majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center during their junior year, for one semester or two. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite for all other art history courses in the Depart­ ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly recommended that the appropriate segment of Introduction be taken before an advanced course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All majors and minors must take ARTH 1and 2; in addition, majors in the Honors and Course Programs alike must take one studio course. It is strongly recommended that these require­ ments be fulfilled before the junior year. Students are also advised that graduate work in art history requires a reading knowledge of at least German and French. (including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio Arts course and Senior Seminar (ARTH 97, required for graduation). Contingent on de­ partmental approval, a two-credit thesis in the fall semester of the senior year may be substituted for Senior Seminar. The Course major in Art History is required to take at least one course (at Swarthmore) from each of the four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval A rt-cou rses 12, 13, 15, 16, and 17; (b) Re­ naissance and Baroque Art—courses 20, 25, 26, and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses 30 (only if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, and 35; and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 45, 46, 47, 48, and 91. Course majors may take Seminars with the consent of the instructor. Course Majors in Art History: The program consists o f at least eight courses in Art History Course Majors in Art: The combined program of the Course Major in Art consists of a minimum 67 Art o f five courses in Art History, including ARTH 1 and 2, and at least one course in a period before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts including Drawing and one course in 3-D medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In lieu o f Senior Seminar, the Comprehensive, consisting o f Senior Exhibition and Catalog, is a requirement for graduation. Majors and Minors in The External Examination Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one studio course for majors), majors in the Honors Program should take four seminars in the Department; minors should take two. A corresponding course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will not be offered during the period of the student’s Honors preparation. Art History 1. Introduction to Art History, I. 12. Greek Art. A critical and historical introduction to the study of architecture, sculpture, and painting in the East and the West to the fourteenth century. Two lectures and one hour conference section per week. Section 4 will be a writing course o f 1.5 credits (see p. 52). Fall semester. Brizendine and Cothren. The art, architecture and archaeology of ancient Greece from the Minoan period through the Hellenistic age. Not offered 1983-84. 2. Introduction to A rt History, II. A survey o f art and architecture in the East and the West from the fourteenth century to the present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2 but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and one hour conference section per week. Spring Semester. Brizendine, Kitao, and Hungerford. 5. Computing from the U se r’s End. (Also listed as Physics 5.) This course provides an introduction to, and immediate use of, a wide range of computing functions. No previous experience in computer is necessary. Lectures are one hour per week and supervised workshop sessions are two hours per week. Workshop emphasizing text processing for students in the humanities. Computing topics introduced are: text and file creation and editing, runoff, simple program­ ming techniques, statistical packages, biblio­ graphic search, and data base handling. Vi unit. Fall semester. Kitao and Boccio. 6. P icasso . An introduction to problems and methods in art history through examination o f Picasso and his place in modern art. Symbolism, Cubism, and Surrealism will be emphasized. No prere­ quisite. Not offered 1983-84. Hungerford. 68 13. Rom an Art. A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium and the subsequent spread of Roman art throughout the empire to the establishment of tetrarchic rule at the end of the third century. Topics to be considered will include the significance of the Greek and Etruscan herit­ age, art as a manifestation o f power, the art of the middle class preserved at Pompeii, por­ traiture, architecture as theatre, provincialism, and the celebration of triumph. Special atten­ tion will be given to the relationship between the social order and artistic production. Not offered 1983-84. Cothren. 15. Early Christian and Byzantine Art. An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­ tian form of artistic expression from the heritage of late antique art, followed by a sur­ vey of its international development through the sixth century and its progression in the Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic devotional images, and the small-scale arts of ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels. Fall semester. Cothren. 16. Early M edieval Art in the W e st A survey of the art and architecture o f Western Europe from the migration of the barbarian tribes through the establishment o f a mature Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The political implications of the Carolingian revival of the classical heritage, monasticism and art, the Book of Kells and Celtic tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa­ ganda. Fall semester, 1984-85. Cothren. 17. Gothic Art. The course will emphasize the formation of Gothic art around the year 1140 and its development and codification in France during the thirteenth century. Topics will include the role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint Louis’ "court style’’ as a statement o f political ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness o f structural systems in Gothic architecture, and Gothic humanism around the year 1200. Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and manuscript illustration will be considered. Spring semester, 1984-85. Cothren. 20. Northern Painting. Painting and printmaking in the Netherlands and Germany from the 14th century through the 16th century with special emphasis on the art of Robert Campin, Jan van Eyck, Rogier van der Weyden, Hieronymus Bosch, Albrecht Durer, and Pieter Breughel. Issues to be considered include the development o f the altarpiece (formally and contextually), attitude toward realism, the risè o f patronage systems, and the effect o f the reformation on subject matter. Fall semester. Brizendine. 25. Italian R e n aissan ce Art. Study o f the emergence of a new style in Italy, especially Florence, circa 1390 and its aftermath, with special emphasis on Leonardo da Vinci and the young Michelangelo. Topics discussed include humanism in art, historicism, scientific method, secularization, and the artist’s role in society. Offered alternately with ARTH 26. Spring semester. Kitao. lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea of the canon in art, the rise of art criticism, and Mannerism. Spring semester, 1984-85. Kitao. 28. Baroque Art. European art o f the 17th century. Special problems considered include: the impact of the Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the question of reality and illusion, the nature of allegory and propaganda in art, the rise of academies and the art market, and the spread of the Baroque style through the Low Countries, France, and Spain. Artists considered include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Ru­ bens, and Rembrandt. Fall semester. Kitao. 30. M odern Architecture. Architecture in Europe and the United States 1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived for students in Engineering. Not offered 1983-84. 32. Nineteenth Century A r t Developments in European painting, sculp­ ture, and architecture from the late 18th century through the Post-Impressionist gen­ eration of Cezanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political, economic, and cul­ tural contexts are considered. Fall semester. Hungerford. 35. Twentieth Century Art. Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­ sionists to the present, considered in the context of relevant social, political, economic, and cultural factors. The course focuses on art in Western Europe through the outbreak of World War II and then turns to developments in the United States beginning c. 1940. Spring semester. Hungerford. 37. Am erican A r t Painting and sculpture in the United States from the Colonial Period to the present, with special attention to the relationship between developments in American art and those in Western European art. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Hungerford. 26. M ichelangelo and H is Times^ 39. Special Topic: A m erican Stained Glass. Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­ raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­ Field work and research on windows in the Philadelphia area in conjunction with the ongoing Census o f Stained Glass in America 1840-1940. Can be taken for full or half credit. 69 Art Enrollment only with the instructor’s consent. Not offered 1983-84. Cothren. 45. A rts of China This course is an introduction to the religious and secular arts of China from the neolithic period through the 1980s with special emphasis on art in relation to a broad historical context. While the course will focus on painting, sculpture, and the usable arts, architecture, gardens, and city planning will also be dis­ cussed. Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine. 46. Buddhist and Hindu Art. The course will deal first with the rise of Buddhist art in Indian Asia and its later manifestations in China, Korea, and Japan. It will then turn to Hundu art of India and Southeast Asia. Throughout the course, art will be treated with special reference to religious, cultural and political contexts. Fall semester. Brizendine. 47. A rts of Japan. This course is intended to introduce the arts of Japan from ca. 6000 BCE through the present era. Topics will include the arts of Shinto and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting, sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong emphasis will be placed on viewing art in relation to its larger historical context. Spring semester. Brizendine. 48. Isla m ic A r t An introduction to the art and architecture of the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the development o f a characteristic Islamic form of expression and its major regional and dynastic manifestations. Spring semester. Cothren. 55. Philadelphia: City and Architecture. Architecture and urban forms, focusing on Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon­ don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School, the International Style, and PostModernism; topics include orthogonal plan­ ning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenom­ enon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal and historic preservation. Fall semester 1984-85. Kitao. 70 56. R e n a issa n ce Rome. Urban and architectural development o f the city of Rome in the Renaissance and Baroque, and its impact on the subsequent history of city planning and architectural design in general. Spring semester. Kitao. 74. H istory of Photography. 'Origins and development of photography as a form o f artistic expression and cultural com­ munication, with emphasis on the 19th and early 20th centuries. Fall semester. Hungerford. 75. The Cinema. Cinema as visual and narrative art; close analysis o f a few selected works (Blue Angel, Thirty-nine Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen K ane) in the first half, followed by a historical survey and study of principal critical and semiotic theories. Screening, lectures, discus­ sions, papers and filming exercises. Class limited to twenty, primarily advanced students. Fall semester. Kitao. 85. Architectural Theory: Design, Thought, and Culture. Tutorial in architectural theory. Topics dis­ cussed include functionalism, classicism, theory of struture and decoration; buildings as objects and environmental constructs; architecture in relation to urban planning and systems design; architecture and behavioral sciences; archi­ tecture as metalanguage; architectural semi­ otics; architecture in relation to history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan, Viollet-leDue, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitruvius as well as more recent theories by Kevin Lynch, Christo­ pher Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Robert Venturi, Umberto Eco, and Manfredo Tafuri. Instructor’s consent. Fall semester. Kitao. 91. Special Topic: A sia n Landscape. The course will examine the concept of landscape and the existence o f landscape as a genre in the arts o f China and Japan from a variety of points of view, including conceptual, geographical, geological, and formal. W e will consider a variety of media, including painting, architecture, sculpture, literature, and possibly film. Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine. 92. The De-Definition of Art: Is s u e s in Art Sin ce 1945. After surveying major movements in art from the end of the Second World War until the mid-Seventies and examining the critical and theoretical literature which has emerged with the new art, the course will focus on the art of the late seventies and eighties. Emphasis will be placed on the role of the artist and the gallery in the contemporary art scene. Students in the course will have the opportunity to make a number of field trips to galleries in Philadelphia, Washington, D.C., and New York, and will be involved in the organization and installation of an exhibition in the Wilcox Gallery as well as in writing an extensive catalogue to accompany the show thus gaining experience in the problems o f gallery management, exhibition planning and design, and handling works o f art. Spring semester. Brizendine. 93. Special Topic: The City a s Artifact. Analytical study of visual and physical aspects o f cities in history from the dawn o f civilization to the modern megalopolis. Offered occasionally. Kitao. 94. Special Topic: C la ssic ism in Architecture. Intensive analytical and historical study of Renaissance and Baroque architecture. Offered occasionally. Kitao. 95. Special Topic: Visual Sem iotics. Theory of signs as applied to artifacts and visual phenomena,including clothing, gestures, art and architecture, everyday objects, and advertising. Offered occasionally. Kitao. 96. Directed Reading. Staff. 97. Sen io r Sem inar. For Course majors in Art History only. As part o f this course the students will write a Senior Paper, which will serve as the Comprehensive Examination. The topic o f the paper, which may vary periodically, will be defined by the Department. Spring semester. Cothren. 99. Sen io r Thesis. Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester of the senior year may be substituted for Senior Seminar. For Course majors in Art History only. Fall semester. Staff. SEMINARS Seminars are open to all majors with the consent of the instructor; for Honors candi­ dates an appropriate course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar in the event that seminar is not offered during the two years in which the student is eligible to take seminars. 117. Gothic Art. 132. Nineteenth Century Art. Fall semester. Hungerford. 135. Twentieth Century Art. Fall semester, 1985. Hungerford. 146. Chinese Painting. Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine. Spring semester. Cothren. 191. Special Topics. 125. Italian R e n aissan ce Art. Staff. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Kitao. 128. Baroque Art. 195. Thesis. Staff. Spring semester, 1985. Kitao. 71 Art Studio Arts Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived by presenting a portfolio. 1. Introduction to Studio Arts. Explorations in the visual description and construction of objects and ideas; problems in drawing, color, and three-dimensional form. Attention will be given both to the theoretical aspects o f the work and to the development of studio techniques. Each semester. Exon and Meunier. 2. Pottery. An introduction to the techniques o f pottery. No credit. Not offered 1983-84. 3. Drawing. Work in various media directed toward a clearer perception o f space, light and form. A course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside drawing problems and a final project. Each semester. Exon. 4. Sculpture. Investigation o f three-dimensional forms trough modelling, assemblage, and construc­ tion; emphasis on contemporary methods and concepts: slide lectures and discussions. Spring semester. Meunier. 5. C era m ics I. Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­ building and wheel techniques, and artistic use o f these techniques. Spring semester. Nagata. 6. Photography. Introduction to the technical processes and visual and theoretical concepts o f photography, both as a unique medium and as it relates to 72 other forms of non-photographic composition. Each semester. Meunier. 7. C era m ics II. Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some porcelain). Prerequisite: StuA 5 or equivalent. Fall semester. Nagata. 8. Painting. Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can define surface, space, light, temperature and mood. Each semester. Exon. 9. Printmaking. Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut, and the aesthetic possibilities o f these tech­ niques singly and in combination. Not offered 1983-84 Exon. 13. Advanced Drawing. Fall semester. Exon. 14. Advanced Sculpture. Spring semester. Meunier. 15. Advanced Ceram ics. Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on personal development in explorative glazing; decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­ tures; and understanding of firing processes. Admission by consent of the instructor. Fall semester. Nagata. 16. Advanced Photography. Each semester. Meunier. 18. Advanced Painting. Each semester. Exon. 19. Advanced Printm aking. Not offered 1983-84. Exon. 20. Special Studies. Staff. Asian Studies Coordinator: LILLIAN M. LI The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­ tunity for students to become familiar with the traditions and cultures of East, South, and Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements indicated below students may graduate with a Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a regular major. A concentration may focus on East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it may apply the approaches o f one or two disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The concentration is open to majors in all depart­ ments. A student intending to concentrate in Asian Studies should submit a program proposal for approval by a subcommittee o f the Asian Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophomore year. The proposal should be the result of discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the student’s major department. It will explain what the student intends to undertake and how the Asian Studies Concentration will relate to his or her departmental major. Insofar as possible the courses or seminars required for the major and those for the Concentration should be chosen in a way that will comprise a well integrated and focussed program. Each concentration must include at least five Asian Studies credits. At least three o f them must be outside the major department and must be chosen from at least two other departments. In order to provide students with a common experience, a shared basis for identification and discussion, and a basic preparation for continuing study in the Asian area, each candidate in addition will normally be required to include in his or her program two o f the following courses: History 9 (Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese Civilization), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradi­ tion), Religion 11 (The Buddhist Tradition). Finally, in the senior year each student must either write a major research paper on a topic approved by the Asian Studies Committee followed by an oral examination administered by the Committee, or take a comprehensive examination administered by the Committee on the program he or she has set out. A thesis or major paper written for another department may, with the approval of the Committee, and with an oral examination administered by the Committee, be substituted for this require­ ment. Courses and seminars presently offered that count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies Concentration: Department of Art 45. 46. 47. 91. 146. Arts of China Arts o f India and Southeast Asia Arts of Japan Asian Landacape Chinese Painting Department of H istory 9. 72. 74. 75. 77. 144. Chinese Civilization Japanese Civilization Modern China Modem Japan China: the Politics of History Modern East Asia Department of M odern Languages 1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese 3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese 5, 6 Third-year Chinese One credit o f first- or second-year Chinese may be counted toward the concentration. All work at the third-year level or above may be counted. Department of Political Science 19. Comparative Communist Politics 20. Politics o f China 107. Comparative Communist Politics Department of Religion 2. 10. 11. 31. 32. 104. Patterns o f Asian Religions The Hindu Tradition The Buddhist Tradition Religous Belief and Moral Action Religions in East Asia Religion in Southeast Asia Other courses and seminars which include Asian materials (see departmental listings for year offered): Departm ent of Econom ics 11. 31. 106. 109. Economic Development Comparative Economic Systems Comparative Economic Systems Economic Development 73 Asian Studies Department of M u sic 8. Music o f the Orient Department of Political Science 63. Advanced International Politics Department of Religion 13. Comparative Religious Mysticism 101. Religious Perspectives East and West Department of So cio lo gy and Anthropology 30. Religion as a Cultural Institution 107. Religion as a Cultural Institution In planning their programs, students may wish to consult one o f the following Asian Studies faculty members: Alfred Bloom (Linguistics), Curtis Hansman Brizendine (Art), T. Kaori Kitao (Art), Gerald Levinson (Music), Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth Luk (Modern Lan­ guages), Steven Piker (Sociology-Anthropol­ ogy)» or Donald K. Swearer (Religion). 74 Students concentrating in Asian Studies should be aware o f the opportunities which exist outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Penn­ sylvania during the regular academic year; study at institutes such as the Middlebury College Summer Language School during the summer; and overseas programs in India, Sri Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic o f China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan). Overseas programs will normally be under­ taken during the junior year and presuppose work in Asian Studies. Students who are interested in participating should plan well in advance so that they can take the necessary prior work as well as fulfill their other academic obligations while at Swarthmore. Work done abroad, as well as Asian languages studied outside of Swarthmore, may (with the provisions stated for Chinese language above) be counted toward the concentration. Astronomy JOHN E. GAUSTAD, Professor, Chairman, and Director of Sproul Observatory WULFF 0. HEINTZ, Professor* DENNIS E. M ACHNIK, Lecturer** Astronomy deals with the nature of the universe about us and with the methods employed to derive the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The Department offers introductory courses for students in all divi­ sions ( Astr. 1 to 4) and for science students (5 to 9). Various topics o f astronomy and astrophysics are considered in detail in ad­ vanced courses, normally given in alternate years. The principal telescope, the 6 1 -cm. Sproul refractor with a focal length o f 11 metres, is used for research on the distances, motions, orbits, and masses of stars by means of visual and photographic observations. It has been in constant operation since 1912. Other equip­ ment includes a high-precision measuring machine for the photographs, installed in 1971, photoelectric and photographic photo­ meters, and a Brashear micrometer. A 61-cm. reflector equipped with a high-resolution spec­ trometer, operated in conjunction with the Physics department, is available for solar and stellar spectroscopy. A 15-cm. refractor and a 20-cm. reflector are used for instruction and for student projects. The Astronomy Library possesses a large collection o f research publica­ tions. Visitors’ Nights at the Observatory are announced in the monthly calendar of the College. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students who intend to major in Astronomy should plan to take Mathematics 5, 6 and Physics 3 ,4 in their freshman year. Physics 14, 15 and one or more of Mathematics 16, 18, 23 or 30 should be undertaken in the sophomore year. Astronomy 5, 6 can be completed in either the freshman or sophomore year. An Astronomy major is required to complete eight credits which include Astronomy 5, 6, 21, 22, and 59. 1. Introductory A stro n o m y motions o f the celestial sphere, and the evolution of observation and astrophysics in the 200 years from Halley to Einstein. Includes nighttime observing sessions. Spring term. Heintz. A one-semester course which highlights the scientific investigation o f the universe by observation and theory, and includes the basic notions o f physics as needed in astronomical applications. Topics include astronomical in­ struments and radiation; the sun and planets; properties, structure, and evolution o f stars; the Galaxy and extra-galactic systems; and the origin and evolution o f the universe. Three class periods each week plus evening labs. Fall term. Machnik. 4. Concepts of the Cosm os. A history-oriented introduction, with emphasis on the oriental and hellenistic development of astronomical and mathematical methods, the 5,6. General Astronom y I, II. The courses introduce the methods and results o f astronomy and astrophysics, emphasizing both descriptive and mathematical aspects. They are prerequisites for courses numbered 21 and up. Fall: The celestial sphere. Orbital motions; the solar system. Radiation and astronomical instrumentation. Observed properties o f stars and binary stars. *Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983. **Fall semester, 1983. 75 Astronomy Spring: Structure and evolution o f stars; distance and time scales. The Milky Way and extragalactic systems; cosmology. Prerequisite: Mathematics 5 or equivalent. Corequisites: Physics 3 and 4. Fall Term: Gaustad. Spring term: Heintz. 9. Introduction to Meteorology. The elements of weather, its recording and prediction. Structure and dynamics of the atmosphere. Includes regular weather obervations and comparison with maps. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 or equivalent. Spring term, blot offered 1983-84. Heintz. 21,22. Theoretical A stro p h y sic s I, II. Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­ tion of astronomical phenomena. Topics in­ clude electromagnetic processes in space, quan­ tum and relativistic astrophysics, radiative transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpretation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure and evolution. Problems and projects will be assigned. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14, 15, or consent o f instructor. Gaustad. 23. M ethods of Observational Astronom y. Theory and practice in the techniques of modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation: Telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­ tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­ tral classification; data analysis. The photo­ graphic process. Students will undertake pro­ jects using the Swarthmore telescopes. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 . Spring term, blot offered 1983-84. Heintz and Gaustad. solar system. Writing course (containing litera­ ture surveys and papers). Prerequisite: Astronomy 5. Spring term. Gaustad. 56. Cosm ology. General relativity and the theoretical frame­ work of cosmology. World models. Optical and radio results on galaxies and quasars. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 ,6 ; Mathematics 6. Fall term. Not offered 1983-84. Heintz. 59. Positional Astronom y. Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­ damental and apparent positions; propermotion and binary-star analysis. Prequisite: Astronomy 6. Fall term. Not offered 1983-84. Heintz. 61. Current Problem s in Astronom y and A stro p h y sics. The course will involve reading and discussion o f selected research papers from the astro­ nomical literature. Instruction will be given in techniques of journal reading, use of abstract services, and other aids for the efficient maintenance of awareness in a technical field. (Half credit each term) Fall term: Machnik. Spring term: Gaustad. 66. Peculiar Stars. A study of the observed properties and physical models for variable stars, novae, supernovae, white dwarfs, neutron stars, black holes, and stars with peculiar spectra. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 15. Spring term. Not offered 1983-84. Gaustad. 93. Directed Reading. Staff. 55. Planetary Science. 94. Research Project. Methods and results o f the exploration of the Staff. 76 Biology JOHN B. JENKINS, Professor and Chairman ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor NANCY V. HAMLETT, Associate Professor ROSALIND L. HERLANDS, Visiting Associate Professor M A R K JACOBS, Associate Professor TIMOTHY C. W ILLIAM S, Associate Professor^. GREGORY L. FLORANT, Assistant Professori}. SCOTT F. GILBERT, Assistant Professori}. KENNETH N. PRESTWICH, Assistant Professor M ARY BETH SAFFO, Assistant Professor JACOB WEINER, Assistant Professor BARB ARA Y. STEWART, Lecturer TEDD R. GOUNDIE, Assistant GLORIA U. ROSEN, Assistant The student may be introduced to the study of biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either course may be taken first. A diversity of advanced courses, some offered in alternate years, affords the student the opportunity of building a broad biological background while concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some specialized areas such as cellular and molecular biology, or organismal and population biology. A special major in biochemistry is offered in cooperation with the Department o f Chemistry (cf. Chemistry). REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students electing a Course major in Biology should include the following supporting sub­ jects in addition to the minimum o f eight courses composing the major: introductory chemistry, at least one semester o f organic chemistry, and two semesters of college math­ ematics. These courses should be completed before the senior year. Introductory physics is strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to some departmental offerings. Further, it should be noted that medical schools and graduate schools in biology require introductory physics for admission. Students majoring in Biology must take at least one course in each o f the following three groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e. 20, 21, 32, 34, 38, 51, 53, 56, 61, 74); II, organismal biology (i.e. 1 2 ,3 1 ,3 6 , 3 7 ,5 2 ,5 7 , 66, 73, 76, 78, 178); III, populational biology (i.e. 17, 25, 26, 40, 45, 50, 69, 70, 84, 160). EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Qualified students may prepare for External Examinations in areas such as animal behavior, cell or developmental biology, ecology, evolu­ tion, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal physiology via seminars or combinations of courses. Admission to the Honors Program is based on academic record and completion of prerequisites for the courses or seminars used in preparation for external examination. Depart­ mental requirements in chemistry and mathe­ matics must also be fulfilled. Students majoring in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part o f their external examination program. ^Absent on leave, 1983-84. 77 Biology 1. Cellular and M ole cu lar Biology. An introductory study of phenomena fundamental to living systems illustrated by examples drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell biology, genetics, and developmental biology. Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists have attempted to elucidate these phenomena rather than upon a survey of them. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 144. Fall semester. Staff. 2. O rganism al and Population Biology. An introduction to the study o f whole organ­ isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals: Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the morphology and physiology o f organisms, their development, behavior, ecology, and evolution. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 144. Spring semester. Staff. 12. The Vertebrates. A consideration of the anatomy o f vertebrate classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­ ture and function o f particular vertebrate organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises include dissection, physiological demonstra­ tions, films, an introduction to basic histology, and when possible, radiographic presentations. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Fall semester. Florant. 17. System atic Botany. Principles and methods o f plant systematics approached through the classification and identification of the major families of vascular plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the northeastern United States. The course is open to biology majors and interested non-majors. Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 16. Spring semester. Weiner. 20. Genetics. An examination o f the transmission, structure, and function of the genetic material. The course content includes the establishment of Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­ tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­ fication, structure, and replication o f the 78 genetic material; gene function; bacterial and viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene activity. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Enrollment limited to 32. Spring semester. Jenkins. 21. Cell Biology. A study o f the ultrastructure and function of cell components, cell division, biosynthesis of macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism. Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings in cell biology. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 32. Spring semester. Savage. 25. Field Stu d ie s in Anim al Behavior. Ethological studies o f animal behavior under natural conditions. Subjects of study include primarily vertebrates and the social insects. Class work involves both lectures and seminar format. Laboratories consist o f field trips and small group projects in the local area. Partial overlap with Biology 45 and 60. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2. Math 2 recommended. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, Fall semester. Williams. 26. Adaptational Plant Anatomy. An examination of the anatomical adaptations o f vascular plants to environmental factors, principally light, water, temperature and biotic factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/ morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epi­ phytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits, and seeds. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 20. Spring semester. Jacobs. 32. M em brane M ole cu lar Biology. An examination o f the structure and function of biological membranes. Topics include struc­ tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy transduction, transport systems, and mech­ anisms for the recognition and control of cellular activity. Students are required to present a major report on a selected area of contemporary research in any area of molecular biology. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, spring semester. Stewart. 34. Im m unology. A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­ nisms by which vertebrates recognize and destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special attention will be given to the cellular interac­ tions leading to immunocompetency and to the strategies whereby certain microorganisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21 recommended. Enrollment limited to 32. Fall semester. Gilbert. 36. Invertebrate Zoology. The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­ tebrate animals. Consideration is given to adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology, phys­ iology, and comparative biochemistry o f inver­ tebrates. One laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips. Writing course. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 18. Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo. 37. Plant Physiology. A study of the principal physiological processes of higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­ al metabolism, plant hormone action, and environmental responses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and concurrent enrollment in Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 20. Fall semester. Jacobs. 38. Microbiology. A study o f microorganisms with an emphasis on prokaryotes. Mechanisms o f energy genera­ tion, growth and metabolic regulation, and genetic exchange are studied with stress upon aspects unique to prokaryotes. Ecological diversity is considered with an emphasis on the indispensable role of microorganisms to life on earth. Laboratory exercises are designed to teach techniques o f cultivating and identifying bacteria as well as to demonstrate the variety of ways in which prokaryotes can be used to study applied and theoretical questions. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent regis­ tration in Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 24. Fall semester. Hamlett. 40. Evolution. An introduction to the history and principles o f evolutionary biology. The course content includes a brief history o f evolutionary theory; population: structure and concept; the princi­ ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f speciation; and macroevolutionary changes that include se­ lected evolutionary pathways. Laboratory/discussion periods. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 32. Alternate years, fall semester. Jenkins. 42. H istory of Biology. An intensive overview o f the history of biological thought and its relationship to other intellectual and social events. The major axis of the course includes the species controversies from Aristotle through Darwin, the triumph of Darwinism, the rise of physiological embry­ ology and genetics, the gene theory, evolu­ tionary synthesis, and the foundations of molecular biology. Two major papers required. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 20. Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert. 45. Field Stu d ie s in Prim ate Behavior. An investigation o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s natural environment. Particular emphasis is placed on those studies relating social behavior to habitat or population stress. The course includes both lecture and seminar format; one laboratory period per week. Partial overlap with Biology 25 and 160. Prerequisites: Permission o f the instructor and Biology 2 or one introductory level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate background in anthropology. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fall semester. Williams. 50. M arine Biology. Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including discussions o f physiological and structural adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and micro-organisms. One laboratory period per week; several all­ day field trips. 79 Biology Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 16. Fall semester. Saffo. 51. Cells in Culture. An examination o f the biology o f plant and animal cells as revealed by their activities in vitro. Discussions focus on the surfaces, growth, locomotion, transformation o f eukaryotic cells and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell culture and o f somatic cell fusion are introduced. Students then undertake independent investigative projects. Continuing laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent of instruc­ tor. Enrollment limited to 12. Fall semester. Savage. 52. Developmental Biology. An integration of molecular and organismal aspects of animal development. Topics include fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene expression, the formation o f representative organs, cell migration in development, develop­ mental genetics, and the roles of the cell surface in development. Laboratory exercises investi­ gate the developmental anatomy of selected organisms in normal and manipulated condi­ tions. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; either 20 or 21. Enrollment limited to 18. Spring semester. Gilbert. structure, function, organization, and regulation o f the human genome will be discussed, along with applications of current research. Laboratory project. Prerequisites: Biology 1 or 2; 20 recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fall semester. Jenkins. 57. Anim al Physiology. A comparison of major physiological systems among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­ cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also placed on physiological control processes involved in the various adaptations to unusual environments. Laboratory exercises include investigation of physiological responses to different stimuli in various species, including humans. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 12, Physics 2 or 4. Enrollment limited to 12. Fall semester. Florant. 61. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology. A consideration o f cellular structure and function, cell development and evolution, and interaction of separate intracellular genetic systems, conducted in seminar format based upon readings in the current research journals. Investigative laboratory projects. Prerequisite: Biology 21. Enrollment limited to 8. Spring semester. Savage. 66. Control of Plant Development. A study of the molecular biology of viruses, their modes o f gaining entrance to specific cells, their regulation of macromolecular syn­ thesis and assembly and their modes of exit from and/or damage to host cells. Viruses as agents o f genetic exchange and the problems of defining what is virus and what is cell are also considered. Laboratory exercises demonstrate basic techniques of working with bacteriophage and mammalian viruses. One laboratory period every week. Prerequisites: Biology 38 or 21. Enrollment limited to 18. Spring semester. Hamlett. An examination of cellular, intercellular and environmental control mechanisms operating in plant growth and development. An area of primary interest will be the role and action of plant hormones, both as agents o f internal control and as mediators of external factors. Particular examples will be studied in depth, with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of original research literature. One seminar meeting each week and continuing laboratory projects. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other Biology course. Enrollment limited to 10. Fall semester. Jacobs. 56. Human Genetics. 69. Ecology. An examination of human inheritance patterns using techniques of genetic analysis that are appropriate to humans. Research into the The scientific study of the relationships that determine the distribution and abundance of organisms. Topics covered include interactions 53. Virology. 80 between organisms and their environments, population dynamics, species interactions, community ecology and nutrient cycles. Prior work in several of the following will be helpful: Biology 20, 37, 40, 57; Chemistry 10, 22; Math 2, 5; Physics 1. One laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 18. Fall semester. Weiner. 70. Plant Ecology. An advanced course which considers plant individuals, populations and communities in their relationships with their physical and biological environments. Areas developed in­ clude climatology, soil science, plant population biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­ munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory and field work emphasize hypothesis formation and the collection, analysis, and interpretation o f data. One laboratory period or field trip per week. All Saturdays during the first half o f the semester must be reserved for field work. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent or previous enrollment in Biology 69 and consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 10. Fall semester. Weiner. 73. Anim al Orientation and Migration. An investigation o f the long distance move­ ments of animals, the sensory systems that guide those movements and the physiological mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­ tion. Laboratory consists of original research projects. The course is conducted in seminar format. Partial overlap with Biology 78. Prerequisites: Biology 2 and 12 or permission o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are strongly recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fall semester. Williams. 74. Developmental Genetics. An investigation o f the various mechanisms governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­ trating on gene activity in early development and on specific cases o f differential gene expression. Seminar format. Prerequisites: Biology 21, 52, or permission of instructor. Enrollment limited to 10. Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert. 76. Advanced T opics in Physiology. This course will focus on physiological prob­ lems in animals which relate to neuro-endocrine, thermoregulatory, and behavioral func­ tion. The course will require a basic under­ standing o f physiological mechanisms. A semi­ nar format will be used to discuss recent papers. Continuing laboratory work. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 10. Alternate years, fall semester. Florant. 78. P h ysiologica l M e c h a n ism s of Anim al Behavior. A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are neurobiology, sensory physiology, orientation, and biorhythms. Material is presented in both lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work consists o f small group research projects. Partial overlap with Biology 73. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4. Math 2 recommended. Alternate years, spring semester. Williams. 79. Topics in Environmental Physiology. A comparison of the physiological adaptations o f plants and animals to common ecological problems. Consideration o f water balance, nitrogen catabolism, respiration, locomotion, dormancy, pressure adaptations, thermoreg­ ulation, nutrient acquisition and nutrient pro­ cessing in particular aquatic and terrestrial habitats. Seminar format, with laboratory. Prerequisite: one of the following courses: Bio. 36, 37, 38, 50, 57, 69. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo. 84. Biology of Sy m b io sis. Intimate associations between taxonomically dissimilar organisms. Investigation o f relation­ ships between animals, plants, and microorgan­ isms at biochemical, physiological, structural, and ecological levels. Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other Biology course. Enrollment limited to 12. Fall semester. Saffo. 81 Biology 93. Directed Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f biology not included in the curriculum, or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses. Fall or spring semester. Staff. 94. Research Project. With the permission o f the Department, qualified students may elect to pursue a research program. Staff. 95. Sen io r Paper. A senior paper is required o f all senior Course majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the require­ ment of a comprehensive examination for graduation. However, students are not required to enroll in 95 while writing the paper. Does not count as a course for the major. 160. Behavioral Ecology. The study of behavior as an adaptation to an environment. The topics covered include those normally encountered in a discussion of sociobiology (reproductive and feeding strat­ egies and the evolution o f societies). In addition the seminar treats topics considered in animal ecology: ecological methods, habitat description, the growth and regulation of 82 populations, and the ecological consequences o f migration. Prerequisites: Biology 2 and one other organismal biology course or permission o f the instructor; Math 2 recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, Fall semester. Williams. 178. M e c h a n ism s of Behavior. A discussion o f the mechanisms underlying behavior. In addition to traditional discussions o f sensory physiology and orientation, a large segment o f the seminar is devoted to discussion of neurobiology, especially those preparations in which behavior can be understood by thfe actions of a small number of neurons. Relatively little time is spent on vertebrate CNS function or brain function as these topics are treated extensively in other biology or psychology courses at the College. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other Biology course, Physics 2 or 4, or permission o f the instructor; Math 2 recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, spring semester. Williams. 180. Thesis. A research project required only o f students who major in Biology for the external examina­ tion program. Students minoring in Biology may elect to do a thesis as part o f their external examination program. Black Studies Coordinator: CHARLES L. J A M E S The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is ( 1) to introduce students to the history, culture, society, and political and economic conditions o f Black people in Africa, the Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2 ) to explore new approaches—in perspectives, analyses and interdisciplinary techniques— appropriate to the study of the Black experience. Program. Students who wish to pursue these possibilities should consult with the appropri­ ate department and with the Black Studies Committee. Econom ics 26. Social Econom ics. English Literature 11. Figures in the Veil. Students in any department may add a Concen­ tration in Black Studies to their departmental major by fulfilling the requirements stated below. Applications for admission to the Concentration should be made in the spring semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­ nator o f the Program. All programs must be approved by the Committee on Black Studies. English Literature 29. The Black Am erican Writer. All Concentrators in Black Studies are required to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester of the senior year. They must take a minimum of five courses in Black Studies. These must include at least three courses (which may include Black Studies 91) outside the departmental major, from at least two departments other than the major. English Literature 82. Colloquium: The Harlem Renaissance. Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black Studies, will take the form of a ■one-credit tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or more students), with all senior Concentrators participating. The topics selected for reading, class discussions, and the writing o f seminar papers will be drawn from a list o f representa­ tive works in Black Studies from a variety of disciplines and perspectives and will depend on the interests and backgrounds of the partici­ pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be taken in the spring semester o f the senior year, and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­ nation administered by the Black Studies Committee. Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are listed below. Courses o f independent study, special attachments on subjects relevant to Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be included in the English Literature 47. The Contem porary Black W riter of the United States. English Literature 55. The Black African Writer. English Literature 121. M odern Black Fiction H istory 7. African-Am erican History. H istory 8. Africa. H istory 53. Black Culture and Black C o n scio u sn e ss. H istory 56. Ex-Slave Narratives. H istory 58. The World of W.E.B. DuBois. H istory 63. South Africa. H istory 67. The African in Latin Am erica. H istory 140. M odern Africa. H istory 141. South Africa. Political Science 21. Politics of Black Africa. Political Science 92. Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy. Sociology-Anthropology 27. AfroAm erican Culture and Society. Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. Black Studies 91. Special Topics in Black Studies. 83 Chemistry EDWARD A. FEHNEL, Professor J A M E S H. H A M M O N S, Professor RODERT F. PASTERNACK, Professor PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor and Chairman CAROL C, KAHLER, Assistant Professor^ JUDITH G. VOET, Assistant Professor RODERT J. MOORE, Instructor URSU LA M. DAVIS, Assistant M ARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant NITA H. SICILIANO, Assistant The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide sound training in the fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science and to provide interested students with the opportunity for advanced work in the main subdisciplines of modem chemistry. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The normal route for entrance to the advanced level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed by 22, 32. Students with especially strong pre­ college background in chemistry may be advised to begin with Chemistry 22. Such students will normally be asked to take a placement examination. Students seeking Ad­ vanced Placement credit may also be required to take this examination. Consult with the Department Chairman. The minimum requirement for a major in Chemistry is nine courses in the Department. These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 34, 3 6 ,4 5 and three additional courses o f which at least two must have a laboratory (chosen from Chemistry 56, 57, 78, 9 4 or 96). Students should note the Mathematics and Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 34, 36 and 45. Those considering a major in Chemistry are strongly urged to complete these prerequisites by the end of the Sophomore year. Those students planning professional work in Chemistry should include in their programs a fourth semester of mathematics and at least two additional courses in chemistry. Those wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society should include both Chemistry 57 and 76 in their programs. ACS accreditation is useful for those who intend to pursue a career in chemical industry. Further, proficiency in reading scientific Ger­ man, Russian, or French is an asset to the practicing chemist. Research opportunities with individual staff members are available through Chemistry 94, 96 and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult the staff about current research problems under investigation. In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­ istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special Major, page 46), which offers students the opportunity to gain strong background in the study o f chemical processes from a micro­ scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested students should consult Dr. Kahler and the Chairmen of both departments. BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR In collaboration with the Department of Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also ^.Absent on leave, 1983-84. 84 offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which provides the student with the opportunity to gain a strong background in chemistry with special emphasis on the application of chemis­ try to biochemical and molecular biological problems. The requirements include Chemis­ try 10, 2 2 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 6 ,4 5 ,5 8 and either 78 ,9 4 , or 96. Work in Biology includes Biology 1; two courses chosen from 2 0 ,2 1 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 7 ,3 8 ,5 2 , 57, 76, and 77; and one course elected from 53, 68 and 74. Interested students should consult the Chairmen of the two departments. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Students preparing for the External Examina­ tion program in Chemistry should complete Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 and 36 (or 34), two years o f college mathematics, and two semesters of physics by the end o f the sophomore year. Preparation for each paper consists o f a combination of one course and one seminarcourse as follows: Organic Reaction Mecha­ nisms (62+ 72); Quantum Chemistry (34+ 74); Thermodynamics and Kinetics (45+ 75); In­ organic Chemistry (36+ 76); Biological Chem­ istry (58+ 78). A research thesis (180) must be included as one o f the Papers. Interested students should consult with the Chairman of the Department. 10. General Chemistry. A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of chemical properties and reactions on the basis o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­ ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions. One laboratory period weekly. Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff. 22. Organic Chem istry I. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22 Fall semester. Fehnel. 34. Quantum Chemistry. An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level including particles and waves, elementary quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc­ ture, valence bond and molecular orbital theory, symmetry and group theory, spectros­ copy, solid state structure and statistical mechanics. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 2). Spring semester. Moore. 36. Inorganic Chem istry. A study of the main group elements, acid-base reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­ trochemistry, and an introduction to transition metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize the preparation and analysis o f inorganic compounds. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6, and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2). Spring semester. Pasternack. An introduction to the chemistry of some of the more important classes o f organic com­ pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and spectroscopic properties, methods of prepara­ tion and reactions o f alphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides and several types of monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 10. Spring semester. Hammons. An introduction to some basic concepts of physical chemistry including states of matter, kinetic theory o f gases, laws of thermodynam­ ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions and reaction rates. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 2). Fall semester. Thompson. 32. Organic C hem istry II. 56. Organic Structure Determination. A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis on more advanced aspects of the chemistry of monofunctional and polyfunctional organic compounds, multi-step methods of synthesis, and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry. 45. Therm odynam ics and Kinetics. Classroom and laboratory study o f the princi­ ples and techniques involved in the elucidation o f the structures of organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation of structure and properties of organic molecules 85 Chemistry and on the theoretical principles underlying various chemical and spectroscopic methods o f identification and structure determination. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22, 32 (or 28, 29). Spring semester. Fehnel. systems: protein conformation, principles of biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­ mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics. Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 36 and Biology 1. Fall semester. Voet. 57. Instrum ental Chem ical A n a lysis. 62. Organic Reaction M e c h a n ism s I. A study o f the principles and techniques of modern instrumental analysis in chemistry. Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital logic and computer applications o f data collec­ tion and control in chemical analysis are studied. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 34. Spring semester. Thompson. 58. Biological Chemistry. A variety of topics in physical organic chemis­ try including valence bond theory, stereo­ chemistry, linear free-energy relationships, thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms, acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substi­ tution, ionic addition and elimination re­ actions, aromatic substitution, and ionic re­ actions o f carbonyl compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 32 and concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 45. Fall semester. Hammons. An introduction to the chemistry o f living SEMINAR COURSES The following single credit courses taught in seminar style may be taken for course credit or combined with other courses to prepare for Papers in the External Examination Program. 72. Organic Reaction M e c h a n ism s II. A continuation of the study begun in Chemis­ try 62 with topics to include molecular orbital theory; free-radical, pericyclic and photochem­ ical reactions. Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 62. Prior enrollment in Chemistry 34 is recommended. Fall semester. Hammons. 74. Advanced Quantum Chem istry. Topics to be studied will be selected from laser chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec­ troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering theory, group theory, and time-dependent perturbation theory. Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45 and Math­ ematics 16. Fall semester. Not offered 1983. 75. Advanced P h ysica l Chemistry. Topics to be studied will be selected from more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and statistical mechanics including interactions in the gaseous and liquid states, the theory of solutions, and chemical reaction dynamics. 86 Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45. Spring semester. Thompson. 76. Advanced Inorganic Chem istry. The study o f topics to be selected from applications o f symmetry and group theory; transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid state chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 34, 36, and 45 or permission of the instructor. Fall semester. Pasternack. 78. Advanced Biological Chemistry. Reading and laboratory projects in a few important areas of current biochemistry, such as enzyme structure and function, spectro­ scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation, mechanisms o f transcriptional and transla­ tional control in bacteriophage and in higher organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­ caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and 58 or permis­ sion o f the instructor. Prior or concurrent enrollment in Biology 2 0 and 21 is recom­ mended. Spring semester. Voet. STUDENT RESEARCH All students enrolled in research courses are required to attend weekly colloquium meetings. 94. Research Project. This course provides the opportunity for qualified students to participate in research with individual staff members. Periodic group meetings of all participants will allow inter­ change of ideas on research plans, progress, and results. Students who propose to take this course should consult with the staff during the preceding semester concerning problem areas under study. This course may be elected more than once. Each semester. Staff. 96. Rese arch Thesis. Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be provided with an option o f writing a senior research thesis in lieu of taking comprehensive examinations. Students must apply for the thesis option by the beginning o f the second semester o f the junior year and are strongly urged to participate in on-campus research during the summer between their junior and senior years. The student will form an advisory committee to consist o f (but not be limited to) two members of the Chemistry Department, one o f whom is to act as the student’s research mentor. Whereas the details o f the research thesis program will be determined by the committee and the student, certain minimum requirements must be met by all students selecting this option: i) A minimum o f two credits of Chem. 9 6 to be taken during the last three semesters of the student’s residence at Swarthmore. ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses other than Chem. 94 and/or Chem. 96. iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research activity to be submitted prior to the last week o f classes of the final semester. Guidelines for the preparation o f the thesis will be provided to the student. Each semester. Staff. 180. Research Thesis. An opportunity for students in the External Examination program to participate in research with individual staff members. The thesis topic must be chosen in consultation with some member of the staff and approved early in the semester preceding the one in which the work is to be done. Each semester. Staff. 87 Classics HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman^ M ARTIN OSTWALD, Professor and Acting Chairman GILBERT P. ROSE, Professor RICHARD P. SALLER, Assistant Professor W ILLIAM W. TURPIN, Assistant Professor The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­ bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and are open (except for 4 2 and 44) without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and other aspects o f the ancient world and include the study o f classical literature in translation. Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­ can Academy in Rome and the American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the privileges accorded to under­ graduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at both schools and consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­ ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities for the study o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics majors, recommended by the Department,-are eligible to study at the Center, usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 63). REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be offered as a major subject either in the Course Program or in the External Examination Program, and as a minor subject in the latter Program. A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the External Examination (Honors) Program or in the Course Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. In the Honors Program, a student majoring in Greek is also expected to study Latin through the intermediate level and a student majoring in Latin is expected to study Greek through the intermediate level before graduation. Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in the Honors Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. A major in Greek or Latin in the Course Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the LAbsent on leave, 1983-84. 88 appropriate language above the introductory level. Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­ gram or the Course Program are required to take for at least one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9, 10, or Latin 9 ,1 0 ). In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in Latin. Normally all or all but one o f these will be prepared for by seminars. Either Directed Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (course 93), a thesis, or a course supplemented by additional independent work (i.e ., an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared for by a seminar. A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1) Classics 42, with attachments, (2 ) Classics 44, with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­ sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or 31, and Classics 32. For Greek 113 the prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek, Greek for Latin 102, one year of Intermediate Latin. A minor in Ancient History will normally consist of ( 1) and ( 2) above, with the specified prerequisites. i 1-2. Intensive First-year Greek. Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the student to begin reading after one semester. It meets four days per week and carries lid credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It meets four days per week and carries lid credits. Year course. Rose. 9,10. Greek P ro se Composition. Course meets one hour a week. A requirement for majors, this course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. H alf course, one semester each year. Ostwald. 11. Interm ediate Greek Reading. The main reading is Plato’s Republic, Bk. 1. Fall semester. Rose. 12. Homer. Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is read in translation. Spring semester. Ostwald. 19. Com parative Gram m ar of Greek and Latin. A study o f the phonology, morphology, and inflection o f Greek and Latin words derivable from their common source, Proto-Indo-Euro­ pean. Students should have some knowledge of both Classical languages, but no prior experi­ ence in linguistics is assumed. Given in alternate years. Fall semester. Not offered 1983 -84 . Rose. 91. Special Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 93. Directed Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 95. Attachment. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Latin 1-2. Intensive First-ye ar Latin. 9,10. Latin P ro se Composition. An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­ edge o f the language to make possible the study and appreciation o f Latin literature. The development o f Latin prose style is studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and extensive translation o f English into Latin. A requirement for majors, it is recommended in conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The course meets one hour a week. H alf course, one semester each year. Ostwald. The course will have four one-hour meetings each week. It carries one and one-half course credits each semester. Year course. Turpin. 11. Intermediate Latin: Catullus. The study of Catullus is preceded by an 89 Classics intensive, three-week review o f the funda­ mentals o f the language, accompanied by readings in Latin prose. Fall semester. Sailer. 12. Intermediate Latin: Cicero. An oration and selected letters. This course is designed to introduce students to a great historical and literary figure o f the Roman Republic. It combines a study o f his major political and literary achievements with a careful analysis of his prose style. Spring semester. Sailer. 13. Literature of the Augustan Age. Virgil: Eclogues and Georgies. Fall semester. Turpin. 14. M ediaeval Latin. Works chosen from the principal types o f mediaeval Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints' lives, satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course. Spring semester. Turpin. 91. Special Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 93. Directed Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision of the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 95. Attachment. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Ancient History and Civilization 21. Ancient Greece. Greek thought, literature, and history from the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the interrelationships between the intellectual cur­ rents and the social, economic, and political systems. Readings (in translation) include Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­ edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and one discussion session per week. Two credits, one in distribution group 2, one in group 3. Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics 42 and advanced courses in the Department of History. Counts as part of a major in History. Fall semester. Rose and Sailer. 31. H istory of Greece. The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history of the Greek states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done in the primary sources in translation. Classics 31 meets the distribution requirement for Group 3; it counts toward a major in History, and also serves as prerequisite for advanced courses in History. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald. 32. The Rom an Republic and Augustus. A study of Rome from its foundation through the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The following subjects will be considered in detail: (1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­ tion, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5 ) The Augustan Principate. Students will read the pertinent original sources in translation as well as a selection o f modem viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This course meets the distribution requirement for Group 3; it counts toward a major in History, and also serves as prerequisite in advanced courses in History. Spring semester. Sailer. 33. Greek Literature in Translation. The works studied in this course range in time from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy. Lectures on the historical and cultural context supplement class discussion. Not offered 1983-84. 35. Latin Literature in T ra n sla tio n C la ssica l and Mediaeval. The works studied in this course range in time from the age o f the Roman Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include the major authors o f the classical period, St. Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers of Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is given in alternate years. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. North. 36. C la ssic a l M ythology in Literature and Art. A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s Odyssey to the Metamorphoses o f Ovid and Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles, but also to ancient sites connected with them. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. North. 37. Literature and Society in Im perial Rome. This course will consider some o f the principal Greek and Roman writers o f the Roman Empire. Works will be read with a view to assessing their literary merits and significance, but the course will also emphasize the cultural and historical context which produced them. Authors to be considered will include the poets Horace, Virgil, Propertius, Ovid; the historian Tacitus; the biographer Suetonius; the novelists Petronius and Apuleius; and the literary critic known as Pseudo-Longinus. Writers of reli­ gious and philosophical importance will include Philostratus, Porphyry, and Plotinus, as well as their Christian adversaries. Fall semester. Turpin. 42. Greece in the Fifth Century B.C. An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end of the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­ sis is placed on the political, social, and economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­ racy and on the problems o f the Delian League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world. Classics 42 counts towards a major in History. The course is normally given in alternate years. Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent. Spring semester. Ostwald. 44. The Early Rom an Empire. A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the political, economic, social, and cultural history o f the Roman world from the fall o f the Republic through the Antonine Age (50 B.C.A.D. 192). Classics 44 counts toward a major in History. Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 45. Greek Political Theory. A study o f Greek political concepts and institutions as a background to the political thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on which the major attention of this course is focused. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald. 46. An Introduction to Archaeology. This course imparts a knowledge o f techniques and procedures applicable to archaeological study in any part o f the world. Specific examples and problems are drawn in the main from classical archaeology, with emphasis on a particular period (e.g. Bronze Age, Hellenistic, Etruscan, etc.). Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Staff. 82. The Ancient Theatre. A representative selection of Greek and Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read in translation, together with the Poetics o f Aristotle, and there will be a study of ancient dramatic production and the physical remains of Greek and Roman theatres. Given in alternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. North. 91. Special Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examination in Ancient History. Spring semester. Staff. 93. Directed Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent of the Department chairman. Staff. 95. Attachm ent Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Classics SEMINARS 102. The Age of Nero. 111. Greek Philosophers. This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the works as historical evidence and their literary merits will be considered. Fall semester. Sailer. This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation of the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. Fall semester. Ostwald. 103. Latin Epic. This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the following: Lucretius’ De Rerum Natura, Virgil’s Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Rose. 105. The Age of Cicero. This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s speeches, letters, and philosophical works in the context of the history and thought of the final years o f the Republic. In addition, works o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their historical evidence and their differing prose styles. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 107. Horace: Lyric and Hexam eter Poetry. The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes and their place in the tradition o f Greek and Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars Poetica, and to their importance for the history o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­ ment in the context o f the Augustan Age. Spring semester. Turpin. 92 112. Greek Epic. This seminar will study primarily Homer’s Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius will also be read, with some attention to the development of Greek epic. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. North. 113. Greek H istorians. This seminar is devoted to a study of Herodotus and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek historiography and as sources for Greek history. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald. 114. Greek Drama. The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major dramatists. Spring semester. Rose. 115. Greek Elegiac and Lyric Poetry. The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric is studied, with attention to the political and social background, and to the relation o f these literary types to epic and dramatic poetry. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Economies ROBINSON G. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor (part-time) HOWARD PACK, Professor FREDERIC L. PRYOR, Professor (part-time) and Acting Chairman BERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor F. M. SCHERER, Professor STEPHEN S. GOLUB, Assistant Professor M A R K KUPERBERG, Assistant Professor LEAH JOHNSON SMITH, Assistant Professor CHARLES F. STONE, III, Assistant Professor DAVID F. W EIMAN, Assistant Professor^. DAVID L. MUETHING, Lecturer*** JA C K TOPIOL, Visiting Lecturerf f The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the institutions and and processes through which the activity of producing, exchanging, and distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train the student in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third, to enable the student to arrive at informed judgments concerning rel­ evant issues of public policy. Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prequisite to all other work in the Department. The Department requires that all majors take Economics 4 (Statistics) or its equivalent such as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics 1-2 does not meet the requirement). The statistics course in the Economics Department focuses more upon the application of statistical tools to economic problems; the statistics courses in the Mathematics Department focus more atten­ tion on derivation of statistical properties and the mathematical properties o f various esti­ mators. In order to read critically the literature in economics, a knowledge o f the materials covered in an elementary calculus course is necessary. Although certain basic calculus concepts are reviewed briefly in Economics 4, we strongly recommend that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (differential and integral calculus). Math 16 and 18 (linear algebra and several variable calculus) are useful for those intending to focus on the more technical aspects o f economics. Other types o f mathe­ matics also find use in economics and would be useful for those with specialized interests. The Department recommends that all students intending to take advanced work in applied economics, as well as those intending to go into business or into certain professional schools (such as law or business) take Economics 3 (accounting). Students intending to pursue careers dealing with the international aspects of economics are also strongly advised to have mastery o f at least one foreign language. To graduate as a major in course, students must have at least eight credits in economics, must meet the statistics requirement, and must pass the comprehensive examination given in the second semester o f their senior year. To be prepared, students must complete Economics 20 and Economics 59 before the second semester o f their senior year. To graduate as a major in the external examination program, students must have at least eight credits in economics (each seminar counts for two credits), must meet the statistics requirement, and must pass the external examination. 1-2. Introduction to Econom ics. This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey and to \Absent on leave, 1983-84. **Fall semester, 1983. f f Spring semester, 1984. 93 Economics provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build. The first semester course describes the organiza­ tion o f the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources and the distribution of income. Section 9 will be a writing course of 1.5 credits (see p. 52). Fall semester. The second semester course deals with the problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­ tary and fiscal policy, the determination of national priorities, and international economic relations. Spring semester. Students must take Economics 2 to receive credit for Economics 1. 3. Accounting The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments o f accounting needed for advanced work in business finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This course does not satisfy the distribution require­ ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.) Spring semester. Topiol. 4. Sta tistic s for Econom ists. The primary focus o f this course is on the understanding o f how simple and multiple regression can be used to estimate magnitudes in economic relationships, e.g. elasticities, and tests o f hypotheses about these magnitudes. The course also covers elements of probability, sampling distributions, and decision theory. No mathematics pre-requisite except high school algebra. An introduction to selected elements o f calculus and linear algebra used for quantitative methods in economics is contained in the course. As this course will include problem solving using the computer, students taking it must also take Economics 5 (unless they have taken or are taking the equivalent course in other disciplines). Fall semester. Hollister. 5. Com puting from the U se r’s Point of View. (Also listed as Mathematics 6 A and Physics 5.) This course provides an introduction to, and immediate use of, a wide range o f computing functions. No previous experience in computer use is necessary. Lectures are one hour per week and supervised workshop sessions are two hours per week. In the workshop students apply computing procedures directly to prob­ 94 lems o f economic analysis. Computing topics introduced are: text and file creation and editing, runoff, graphics, simple programming techniques, statistical packages, bibliographic search, and data base handling, n unit. Fall semester. Hollister and Boccio. 11. Econom ic Development. Peasant economic responses, agricultural and industrial technology, interaction between rural and urban sectors, analysis o f international terms o f trade, export instability, the new international economic order, import substitu­ tion, the role o f multinational corporations, foreign aid, political factors. Spring semester. Pack. 12. Econom etrics. A survey o f fundamental econometric methods emphasizing application. Some empirical work will be required. Prerequisite: Economics 4. Spring semester. Hollister. 15. Investm ents. This course will deal with the operation of financial markets from three different perspec­ tives. First, from the viewpoint o f the individual investor, investment alternatives and strategies will be studied, with special emphasis on the stock market. The second perspective will be that o f a business enterprise. Key topics here are the capital budgeting decision and alterna­ tive sources of capital. Third, from a public policy viewpoint certain issues concerning the link between financial markets and resources allocation will be studied. Two specific issues in this category are (1 ) the connection between the stock market and capital formation, (2) housing and financial. Fall semester. Muething. 16. W omen in the Economy. Four major themes will be explored in this course. The first relates to the unpaid work performed by women in the home. W e will examine the nature o f the family as an institution, changes in the nature o f unpaid household work, the "value” o f such work, and the social status accorded it. The other major topics are concerned with the labor market experiences of women. After a thorough discussion o f alternative economic theories of the labor market (no prior knowledge o f this topic is assumed) and o f economic approaches to discrimination, we will consider (1 ) why so many women are working for pay (labor supply/labor demand), ( 2) why so many women are clerical workers (occupational segregation), and (3) why so many women earn substantially less than men (wage differentials). Spring semester. 18. Money, Banking, and the Economy. This course will examine the behavior o f financial markets and their connection to real economic activity, using a combination of analytical and institutional perspectives. Among the topics to be considered are ( 1) the structure of U.S. financial markets: the bankng system, the bond and stock markets, etc.; (2) the Federal Reserve System and the conduct of monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism; (4) interest rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5) rationality and irrationality in financial mar! kets; ( 6) international financial relations; the Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange mar­ ket, and international lending. Fall semester. Golub. 19. Econom ics of the Environm ent and Natural Resources. Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to problems o f the environment and natural resources. Long run implications o f resource use for economic growth, evaluation o f alterna­ tive uses o f natural environment and methods o f pollution control. Government response to situations involving externalities, public goods and common property resources. Case studies o f air pollution, recreation versus mineral or fuel development on public lands, the fishing industry and offshore petroleum development. Fall semester. L. Smith. 20. Econom ic Theory. Microeconomic theory at an intermediate level. Determination o f prices in theory and in practice. Distribution o f income. Economic welfare aspects o f various market structures. Other selected topics. This course will be offered in two sections: one section will meet once a week in a problem-oriented seminar format, the other section will meet twice a week in a lecture/discussion format. Fall semester. Stone. 22. Public Finance. Introduction to welfare economics including the role o f the market in allocating resources and distributing income, market imperfections, and public choice theory. Analysis o f tax and expenditure policies on economic efficiency and the income distribution. Special topics include cost-benefit analysis and general equi­ librium tax incidence. Fall semester. Kuperberg. 24. The Econom ics of Industry. Through a series of case studies, the strategic responses o f firms and industries to their market and policy environments are analyzed. Emphasis is on the pricing, technological innovation, and marketing behavior o f firms and on such government policy instruments as import restrictions, price controls and sub­ sidies, antitrust, and patent policy. Fall semester. Scherer. 25. Labor Problem s and M anpow er Policy. The structure and behavior of labor markets, issues in labor relations, the development o f manpower, the role of unions, employers, and government. Fall semester, Not offered 1983-84 . 26. Social Econom ics. The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f reforms in income support programs, medical care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto development; the economics o f dis­ crimination. Not offered 1983-84. 27. Government Regulation of Industry. The economics o f the "new” regulation: occupational safety and health, affirmative action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer product safety, pension plans, restrictions on industrial location and mobility, etc. In each case the economic rationale for current and proposed regulation is examined in the context o f the theory o f market failure and evaluated in terms o f its effects upon economic efficiency and social equity. In certain cases, "optimal” schemes devised by economists which differ greatly from current policy will be considered. Throughout, the emphasis is on the theory of government intervention and its implementa­ tion as opposed to current institutional failures. Not offered 1983-84. 28. Technological Change and Econom ic Growth An exploration o f how technological change affects economic growth, with emphasis on 95 Economies such institutions as academie science and industrial research and development. Covers production function analysis, induced innova­ tion, the patent system, government R&.D program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­ nomena. Spring semester. Scherer r 30. The International Economy. The course consists of a brief introduction to the historical development and institutional structure of the international economy and an introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­ cial policy, and balance of payments adjust­ ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­ porary international economic problems; tariffs and non-tariff barriers, common markets, multinational corporations, international oil, gold, inflation, and the future of the interna­ tional monetary system. Spring semester. Stone. 31. Com parative Econom ic System s. This course focuses on the methods by which different economic systems can be analyzed. Considerable attention is paid to the structure and performance o f nations with different economic systems and on the origins of selected economic institutions. Particular em­ phasis is place on the study o f the Soviet Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods of drawing inferences using the comparative method are explored. Fall semester. Pryor. 41. Urban Econom ics. This course examines the economic structure and development o f American urban econom­ ics. Topics covered include housing, transpor­ tation, urban renewal, local government fi­ nance, and pollution. Spring semester. Smith. 47. M a rx ist Political Economy. A study o f Marxist economics and political theory with particular attention to general problems of historical materialism. Primary emphasis in the reading is placed on the works o f Marx, Engels, and Lenin; however, some time is also devoted to the background of Marxist thought as well as the development of Marxist theory in the present era. Prerequisites include two semesters of either Political Science or Economics. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 49. A m erican Econom ic History. (Also listed as History 49.) Survey o f Ameri­ can economic development from the colonial settlement to the New Deal. Explores the transition from a colonial system, based on agricultural exports within the mercantile system, to an advanced, industrialized economy supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture in the process of economic development, in particular a com­ parative analysis of the plantation system of the South and the system o f family farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial structure after the Civil War as a consequence o f the growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the political and social bases o f economic development, with particu­ lar attention to the American Revolution, the Civil War, the new Deal and the evolution of the legal system, and the political responses to industrialization. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6, or permission of the instructor. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 57. O perations Research. (Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles o f operations research as applicable to defining optimum solutions of engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision making. Probability and probability distribu­ tions, reliability, random number simulation, queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic programming, allocation and transportation theory. The working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. Normally for junior and senior students. Spring semester. 58. Health Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 58.) Analysis o f government policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization of health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­ cians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1 -2,4,26; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32. Spring semester- Not offered 1983-84. 59. M acroeco no m ic Theory and Stabilization Policy. The theory o f the determination o f the level and composition of aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and o f the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Spring semester. Kuperberg. 62. Econom ics, Justice, and Law. The purpose o f this course is to explore the premises behind the use o f utilitarian constructs in the analysis of public policy issues. In particular, the appropriateness o f the growing utilization o f economic methodology will be examined through an intensive study o f issues in law and distributive justice. The necessary background in welfare economics will be developed as needed. Fall semester. Kuperberg. 65. The Evaluation of Public Policies The methods used for systematic, quantitative evaluations o f the effects o f public policies, the problems in implementing such evaluations, and the use o f such evaluations in policy decision-making. Examples are drawn from evaluations of social policies such as employ­ ment and training, welfare reform, health insurance, housing allowances. The use o f large social experiments as a method o f policy evaluation receives particular attention. Stu­ dents will work directly with data taken from actual major evaluations of policies and social experiments. Prerequisite: at least one course in statistics. Spring semester. Hollister. 66. Energy Policy. (See Political Science 66 or Engineering 66.) 67. Social Insurance and Welfare Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 67.) The principal American policies and programs dealing primarily with relief of poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for reform in this field. Topics include: Social Security, national health insurance, unemployment compensation, and welfare re­ form. The various public objectives and meth­ ods o f income support and related social services, as well as certain contextual or alternative programs and regulatory policies. Conceptions of "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and administrative or professional considerations in policy; historical and com­ parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Public Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appro­ priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one of the instructors. Spring semester. Hollister and Gilbert. 73. H istory of Econom ic Thought. An examination of classical political economy (Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis on the origins o f economic analysis in the tradition o f political theory and the structure and development of classical thought. W e will study the precursors o f Adam Smith Games Steuart and the Physiocrats) to provide the intellectual background to the Wealth o f Nations and to explain why Smith marks the starting point o f economic science. This will be followed by a careful analysis of Smith and Ricardo, in particular the issues o f value, distribution, and capital accumulation. Finally we will conclude with Marx’s critique o f the Classical School and his reformulation in Capital, especially Volume I. Emphasis on the original texts. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 81. Econom ics of the M iddle E a s t Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies. Focus on different economic development strategies o f countries, some with limited and others with substantial natural resource bases. Investigation o f agricultural and industrial policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and technology absorption problems. Fall semester. Pack. 91. Political Econom y of M acroeco no m ic Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 91.) Focus on the congressional and administrative processes by which macroeconomic policy is formulated, approved, and implemented. . Spring semester. Pack and Gilbert. 97 Economies SEMINARS 101. Public Finance. Introduction to welfare economics including the role o f the market in allocating resources and distributing income, market imperfections and public choice theory. Analysis of tax and expenditure policies on economic efficiency and the income distribution. Special topics include cost-benefit analysis, general equilib­ rium tax incidence and optimal tax theory. Fall semester. Kuperberg. 102. M acroeco no m ic Theory and Stabilization Policy (formerly Economic Stability and Growth) The theory o f the determination of the level and composition of aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and of the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Special topics include microfoundations o f macroeco­ nomics and economic growth. Spring semester. Kuperberg. 103. Econom ic Theory. This seminar provides the theoretical back­ ground for the more advanced economic theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered. Both semesters. Saffran. 105. International Econom ics. Theory and policy of international economic relations. The theory of international trade and balance of payments adjustment. Commercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­ mon markets, customs unions, and regional economic integration. Multinational enterprise and economic imperialism. The world mone­ tary system, international inflation, and the international economics of oil. Fall semester. Stone 106. Com parative Econom ic System s. This seminar focuses on the methods by which economic systems can be analyzed. Consider­ able attention is paid to the structure and performance o f nations with particular eco­ nomic systems. Special case studies are made of the U .S.S.R., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer case studies are made o f several capitalist economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces underlying the origins and development of 98 particular economic institutions are also dis­ cussed. The seminar also covers questions of convergence o f important economic institu­ tions, influences of ideology on the operation o f the system, and forces underlying changes in both capitalist, market and socialist, centrally administerd economies. Fall semester. Pryor. 107. Labor and Social Econom ics. Economic analysis of the organization o f labor and labor markets; education, medical care, housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages and income inequality, government policies with respect to labor relations, health, educa­ tion, and welfare. Fall semester. Hollister. 108. Econom etrics. Econometric theory and empirical studies. An empirical research paper is required. Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics 103. Spring semester. Hollister. 109. Econom ic Development. Peasant economic responses, agricultural and industrial technology, interaction between rural and urban sectors, analysis o f international terms o f trade, export instability, the new international economic order, import substitu­ tion, the role o f multinational corporations, foreign aid, political factors. Spring semester. Pack. 110. Urban Econom ics. This seminar will deal in depth with the structure and development o f American urban economies. Topics covered will include hous­ ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov­ ernment finance, and pollution. Methodologi­ cal as well as substantive issues will be discussed. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 111. Industrial Organization and Public Policy. Applications of theoretical and empirical anal­ ysis to major issues in industrial economics: optimality and the price system; theories o f the firm; market structure; the causes o f market failure and alternative policy responses. Fall semester. Scherer. 112. M athem atical Econom ics. Review o f static optimization theory; theory o f consumption and production from a dual point of view; elementary approaches to the existence, stability, and optimality of general equilibrium; additional topics of student inter­ est as time permits. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 114. H istory of Econom ic Thought. An in depth survey of the development of economic science from post-Mercantilist writ­ ers (Steuart and Quesnay) to Keynes. The object of the seminar will be two-fold. First we will examine the origins of economic analysis and the structure and development of Classical Political Economy (Smith and Ricardo); the transition from political theory to economic analysis and the issues o f value, distribution, and capital accumulation in classical analysis. Then we will consider the two paths of economics following Ricardo: Marxian and neoclassical economics. W e will study the relationship o f these two traditions to classical thought; Marx’s development o f the classical tradition, as opposed to the neoclassical re­ formulation with its emphasis on the allocation of scarce resources. Particular attention will be paid to the neoclassical theory of production and capital, which provides the logical basis for the Keynesian and post-Keynesian critique. Finally a critical analysis of the neoclassical tradition, its treatment o f production and capital (Sraffa, Robinson) and of investment and effective demand (Keynes), as well as the synthesis of these criticisms and of the two post-Ricardian traditions in the works of Kalecki, Robinson and Steindl. Permission of instructor required. Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 115. Am erican Econom ic History. Survey o f American economic development from the colonial settlement to the New Deal. Explores the transition from a colonial system, based on agricultural exports within the mer­ cantile system, to an advanced, industrialized economy supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis on i) the role of agriculture in the process of economic development, in particu­ lar a comparative analysis of the plantation system of the South and the system o f family farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial structure after the Civil War as a consequence of the growth of the large-scale, vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the political and social bases o f economic development, with paticular attention to the American Revolution, the Civil War, the New Deal and the evolution o f the legal system, and the political responses to industrialization. Pre­ requisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6, or permission of the instructor. Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 99 Education EVA F. TRAVERS, Assistant Professor and Program Director K. ANN RENNINGER, Assistant Professor FRAN C IS VANNI, Lecturer (part-tim e)ft The Program in Education has three purposes: to expose students to issues in education from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, to provide a range o f field experiences for students who wish to explore their aptitude and interest in teaching, counseling or research in an educa­ tional setting, and to prepare students to be certified for entry into public school teaching. Courses in the Program in Education are intended to be integral to the College’s academic offerings. The Program’s most important goal is to help students learn to think critically and creatively about the process o f education and the place o f education in society. To this end, both its introductory and upper level courses necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, Philosophy, and History. Because students major in one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in Education offer both an opportunity to apply the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a new domain and interaction with other students whose disciplinary approaches may differ significantly from their own. A competency-based program for preparing secondary teachers is offered for students who seek public school certification from the Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of the faculty whose members have established criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry, English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­ ish, and Social Studies. Individual programs are developed in conjunction with departmental representatives and members o f the Education staff. There is no major in Education. All students seeking certification must meet Swarthmore College’s general requirements for course distribution and a major. REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION Students planning to seek secondary certifica­ tion should take Introduction to Education, Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a double credit course) and Curriculum and Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In addition, they must complete the following sequence o f courses: ■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 ■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or Adolescence, Educ. 23 ■ An additional course from the following: a. Adolescence, Educ. 23 b. Counseling: Principles and Practices, Educ. 25 c. Education and Society, Educ. 47 f f Spring semester, 1984. 100 d. Education in America, Educ. 52 e. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ. 64 f. Urban Education, Educ. 68 g. Special Topics, Educ. 91 Students preparing for certification must attain at least a grade point average of C in courses in their major field o f certification and a grade of C + or better in Introduction to Education in order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­ tion, students must be recommended by their major department and by their cooperating teacher in Introduction to Education. Place­ ment o f students in schools for Practice Teaching is contingent on successful interviews with members o f the Education Program staff and appropriate secondary school personnel. Swarthmore College is not authorized by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to certify elementary teachers. However, students taking courses in the Education Program have an opportunity to concentrate their field work in an elementary setting and may do practice teaching for credit in an elementary school. Placements for students who do not desire certification are also available in a variety of special education or counseling settings. 14. Introduction to Education. A survey o f issues in education within an interdisciplinary framework. In addition to considering the impact of individuals such as Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will explore some major economic, historical, and sociological questions in American education and discuss alternative policies and programs. The course will give students an opportunity to determine their own interest in preparing to teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand experience in current elementary and second­ ary school practice. Field work is required. Each semester. Staff. 16. Practice Teaching. Supervised teaching in either secondary or elementary schools. Double credit. Students seeking secondary certification must take Edu­ cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice teaching may be arranged for individuals not seeking secondary certification.) Each semester. Staff. 17. C urriculum and M ethods Sem inar. This course will consider theoretical and applied issues related to effective classroom instruction. It must be taken concurrently with Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16. Each semester. Staff. 21. Educational Psychology. (also listed as Psychology 21). This course will focus on the psychological dimensions o f the learning process in the classroom. Specific issues will include: methods and styles of learning; student motivation, social and emo­ tional climate o f the classroom, role problems o f teachers, and individual diagnosis and assessment. Field research is required. Fall semester. Renninger. 23. Adolescence. (also listed as Psychology 23). This course will review recent studies o f adolescent develop­ ment as a basis for establishing a theoretical framework. These, in turn, will be brought to bear on adolescent behavior, especially in schools and other social institutions. There will be an emphasis on the relationship between adolescence as a stage o f development and the curriculum and programs o f the institutions serving adolescents. The course will include a component o f field observation and research. Spring semester. Renninger. 25. Counseling: Prin cip les and Practice. An introductory course focusing on theories, techniques, and issues in school and agency counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and analysis o f case studies will provide practical information and experience. Recommended for students considering grad­ uate programs in educational counseling or those planning to teach or do youth work in an agency setting. Enrollment limited. Spring semester. Vanni. 47. Education and Society: The course will explore the social and cultural functions and consequences o f formal and informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and unintended socialization within the school and outside will be examined. A range of factors which can promote or inhibit learning will be explored and linked to educational perform­ ance. Topics include: school as an agent of social mobility and its relationship with the community; the school as a social system and the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes of curricular innovation. Students will be required to conduct weekly field work in an educational setting. Not offered 1983-84. 52. Education in Am erica. (also listed as History 52). A history of primary, secondary, and higher education in America from the European and colonial orgins to the present. The course will consider both theory and practice within the context of American society and culture, and in relation to other agencies o f socialization. Prerequisite: Introductory level History course. Not offered 1983-84. Bannister. 101 Education 64. Political Socializa tio n and Schools, (also listed as Political Science 64). The course will consider the development o f political concepts, attitudes, and behavior in students through the period o f formal education. The inter-related but often inconsistent influences o f family, school, peers, media and critical events in the socio-political system will be examined; special emphasis will be given to the formal and informal messages o f schooling. The course will include a component of field research. Not offered 1983-84. Travers. 67. Special T o p ics in Child Development: So cial Cognition. (See Psychology 67 for description.) Fall semester. Hirsh-Pasek. 68. Urban Education. (also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68). 102 This course will focus on topics o f particular significance to urban educators and policy makers, including desegregation, compensatory education, curricular innovation, community control, bilingual education, and standardized testing. The special problems and challenges faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of individuals and groups in a pluralistic society will be examined using the approaches of sociology, anthropology, and political science. Current issues will also be viewed in historical perspective. Field work is required. Spring semester. Travers. 91. Special Topics. W ith the permission o f the instructor, qualified students may choose to pursue a topic of special interest, which for thorough investiga­ tion will usually require field work as well as research. Each semester. Staff. Engineering CARL BARUS, Professor DAVID L. BOWLER, Professori H. SEARL DUNN, Professor NELSON A. MACKEN, Professor and Chairman SEYMO UR M ELM AN, Lang Visiting Professori\ M. JO SEPH WILLIS, Professor FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Associate Professor ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Assistant Professor FARUQ M. A. SIDDIQUI, Assistant Professor STEPHEN M. PLATT, Instructor The professional practice o f engineering re­ quires skill and resourcefulness in applying scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­ ods to the solution o f technical problems of ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role of engineering in our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic and social factors that bear upon all important technical problems. The successful engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough understanding o f social and economic forces, and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our program supports these needs by offering the student the opportunity to acquire a broad technical and liberal education. The structure of the Department’s curriculum permits engi­ neering majors to take almost forty percent of their course work at the College in the humanities and social sciences. With careful planning it is possible for a student to acquire a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of Science in Engineering and the Bachelor of Arts in a second academic area in a four-year course o f study. The Department’s physical facilities include a wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­ tion and individual student projects in the areas o f electronics, system control, communi­ cations, instrumentation, strength of materials, solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­ mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­ tories with on-line data acquisition and graphi­ cal display is the Department’s computer laboratory which is equipped with two PDP systems as well as with smaller digital and analog computers. Excellent shop facilities for both metal- and woodworking are available for student use. The overall plan leading to the degree of Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering is accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. Courses Available to Non-Majors The Department offers courses in computer education for students throughout the College; courses numbered 21 through 27 serve this purpose. Although Mechanics ( 6) is primarily for prospective majors, other interested stu­ dents, particularly those interested in preparing for a career in architecture, are encouraged to. enroll. Problems in Technology (3,4) is de­ signed chiefly for students not contemplating further work in engineering or the natural sciences. Operations Research (57), and Envi­ ronmental Engineering (6 3 ) will also appeal to many students majoring in other departments. Students majoring in the physical sciences or mathematics frequently enroll in advanced engineering courses. Students may minor in the External .Examina­ tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering Department by taking appropriately related advanced engineering courses as preparation t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984. f t Spring semester, 1984. 103 Engineering for external examinations. Generally the ad­ vanced engineering courses require one or more introductory courses as prerequisites.. Program for Engineering Majors The general departmental requirements fall into three categories: successful completion of at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four courses in the sciences including General Physics 3 and 4, to be taken in the freshman year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 to be taken in the freshman year and Math 18, normally taken in the sophomore year. The two unspecified science courses in category (ii) and the mathe­ matics course in category (iii) may be chosen to complement the student’s overall program of study; in general, the Department recommends Introduction to Chemistry (10) and Linear Algebra (1 6 ) or Mathematical Statistics (2 3 ) or Differential Equations (30). Within the Department, the following core courses are required o f all students: Mechanics, Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­ tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first four courses are normally taken in the freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second semester of the freshman year, Physical Systems Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­ more year, and the remaining two in the second semester of the sophomore year. In special circumstances, however, students with ade­ quate preparation in mathematics and physics can begin the engineering curriculum as late as the second semester o f the sophomore year and still complete all o f the core requirements and elective work in the Department. The course Engineering Design, the culminating experience for engineering majors, is taken in the second semester o f the senior year. In consultation with his or her advisor, each student constructs a program o f advanced work in the Department. These programs, normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­ mitted to the Department when the student formally applies for a major in engineering during the spring semester o f the sophomore year. The program constitutes the student’s elected 104 field o f concentration which may or may not conform closely to the traditional areas of engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical, mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for advanced work, the Department requires a coherent program that, in its judgment, meets the student’s educational objectives. Observe that the following courses cannot be counted in the minimum number o f twelve engineering courses required o f each major: Problems in Technology I, II, Digital Compu­ ters I, II, Values and Ethics in Science and Technology, Energy Policy, and Environmen­ tal Policy. Several suggested fields of concentration follow: (1) General civil engineering: Mechanics of Solids, Structural Theory and Design, Soil and Rock Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics, and Operations Research. Students with a particular interest in environmental topics may replace several of the above courses with Environmental Engineering or Solar Energy Systems. (2 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, Electromagnetic Theory, Communication Systems, and Control Theory and Design. Students having an interest in digital systems might replace one or more of these courses with Digital Logic, Computer Organization, Computer Systems, or Lab­ oratory Computer Applications. (3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­ ics of Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­ ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer, and Control Theory and Design. Students with a special interest in the field o f energy may wish to include Solar Energy Systems or Energy Policy. (4) Computer engineering and general compu­ ter science: Digital Logic, Computer Or­ ganization, Computer Systems, and Labor­ atory Computer Applications. Students with an interest in computer hardware may include Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, or Control Theory and Design. Courses in mathematics can be used to broaden the theoretical foundation of the program. ENGINEERING 3,4. Problem s in Technology I and II. Designed primarily for those not planning to major in science or engineering, this course is intended to provide some depth of understand­ ing o f technology and its impact by examining in each semester a particular technology. Technical considerations underlying policy issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester topics are: aspects o f the energy problem, satellite communications, managing environ­ mental hazards, and developments in data processing. A strong background in high school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­ ratory. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. 6. M echanics. Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics. Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion, and stress transformations. Laboratory work is related to experiments on deformable bodies. Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent. Spring semester. 11,12. P h y sic a l S y ste m s A n a ly s is I and II. These courses are devoted to the study of physical phenomena which may be represented to a good degree o f approximation by a linear, lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical devices and the development o f mathematical techniques for the analysis o f their linear behavior. EI2 (spring semester) is more concerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but emphasis throughout both courses will be placed upon the unity resulting from the common mathematical representation and an­ alysis o f diverse physical systems. The content o f E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural and forced transient response, steady-state harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­ vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­ cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­ ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree p f freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­ mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the eigen-value problem and state space techniques. Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­ sions, energy methods, coupled modes o f motion. Transition from many degree of freedom systems to continuous systems; the Fourier integral with applications to wave motion. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. Staff. 14. Experimentation for Engineering Design. Theories o f experimentation and measurement are presented and are related to engineering design and research projects. Lectures present probability theory and its applications in experimentation. Topics include random vari­ ables, probability distributions, measurement errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­ tical analysis o f experiments and simulated experiments, and decision making with experi­ mental results. The laboratory section treats the analysis o f measurement systems and involves the experimental determination of measurement system parameters. Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrently) Spring semester. Staff. 21. Digital Logic. An introduction to the theory and design o f digital logic circuits. Following a discussion o f number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­ zation and realization techniques are studied for combinational systems. The latter part o f the course will be concerned with the treatment o f sequential systems. Switching devices will be characterized only as to their terminal behavior and no consideration will be given to the physical basis for their operation. The course is intended for students with a good background in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes laboratory. Fall semester. 22. Com puter Organization. A study o f the ways in which the functional units o f a typical digital computer may be interconnected. Hardware implementation of registers, counters, adders and the functional units themselves. Micro-programmed control. Characteristics o f the several types o f memory. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E21. Spring semester. 105 Engineering 23. Digital Com puters I: Program m ing and Applications. Prerequisite: Math 6 and E23 or equivalent. Fall semester. An introduction to problem solving by com­ puters. A high-level computer language will be taught with a brief introduction to an assembly language. Examples of computer applications in education, industry, commerce, and govern­ ment will be presented. Extensive use o f the Computing Center facilities. Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science and non-engineering majors. (Does not satisfy distribution requirement.) Fall semester. 34. V alues and Ethics in S cie n ce and Technology 24. Digital Com puters II: Advanced Com puter Applications. Advanced features of programming languages; use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting and searching algorithms, file processing, oper­ ating systems, and introduction to simulation languages and statistical packages. Prerequisite: E23, or equivalent. Intended for non-science and non-engineering majors. Spring semester. 25. Laboratory Com puter Applications. The study and selection of microprocessor architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces for use in laboratory instrumentation. The laboratory exercises are designed for the development o f a working microprocessorbased system. Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. Intended for engineering and science majors. Fall semester. 26. Com puter Sy ste m s: O rganization and Program m ing. An introduction to the organization and sys­ tem design o f a small computer. Machine language, addressing techniques, assembly lan­ guage, and macro instructions. Re-entrant and recursive programming techniques. Input/output programming. Operating systems and system interrupts. Extensive use of computer laboratory. Prerequisites: E23, or Mathematics 7 or equiv­ alent. Spring semester. 27. Num erical Methods. (Also listed as Mathematics 67). This course will deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical problems, pure and applied. The computer will be used extensively. 106 (Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course deals with topics such as the following: historical and current attitudes toward tech­ nology; the nature of ethics; origins and impact of professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi­ neers and scientists; values in the technological society; forecasting and assessment o f techno­ logical growth; how policy decisions about technology are made; the role o f personal ethics o f the engineer or scientist. Open to all who have completed the science distribution requirement. Spring semester. Barus. 35. S o la r Energy Syste m s. Fundamental principles in the analysis and design of systems which collect, store, and use the direct and indirect forms of solar energy. Examples o f current solar technology are used as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic mathematical models are used to describe the performance o f components and systems. Cost functions are developed for use in economic a ,essments. Techniques for system optimiza­ tion are discussed. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4. Fall semester. McGarity. 41. Therm ofluid M echanics. Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics; first and second laws, properties o f pure substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas, applications using system and control volume formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics; development of conservation theorems, hydro­ statics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid motion. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent background). Fall semester. Macken, Orthlieb. 57. Operations Research. (Also listed as Economics 57). The principal mathematical tools for optimal decision making are presented and applied through case studies from the private and public sectors. Topics include assignment and transportation prob­ lems, linear and dynamic programming, deci­ sion making under uncertainty, game theory, stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also, the working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. This course may precede or follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­ gramming) for a strong introduction to the theory and practice o f optimization. Normally for sophomore and junior students. Fall semester. 58. Control Theory and Design. An introduction to the control of engineering systems. Analysis and design o f linear control systems using root locus and frequency re­ sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of first- and second-order controlled systems. Digital control techniques, including analysis o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­ cludes design o f both analog and digital controllers. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring semester. Dunn. 59. M e c h a n ic s of Solids. This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form when forces act on solid bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­ ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent. Fail semester. 60. Structural Theory and Design I. Principles o f structural analysis. Statically determinate analysis o f frame and trusses. Approximate analysis o f indeterminate struc­ tures. Introduction to indeterminate analysis. Elements o f design o f steel and concrete structural members. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E6; E59 preferred. Spring semester. 61. So il and R ock M echa n ics: Theory and Design. Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Subjects include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­ ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics, consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are applied to engineering design problems. In­ cludes laboratory. Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent. Fall semester. 62. Structural Theory and D esign II. Advanced structural analysis. Classical and matrix methods of analysis. Digital computer applications. Design of steel and concrete structures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E60. Fall semester; alternate years. 63. Environmental Engineering. An introduction to the elements of water quality managment. Effects o f human activities on water quality and quantity. Environmental impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water quality models. Laboratory and field studies of local water quality problems. Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or engineering. Fall semester. Willis. 64. Water Resources. An introduction to the fundamentals o f water resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­ drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are included. Fundamentals are related to engi­ neering aspects of planning and designing water resources projects. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended. Spring semester. 66. Energy Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 66 and Eco­ nomics 66). Presentation and exploration, in seminar format, o f political, economic, and technological issues affecting development of energy policy, and investigation of the influ­ ence o f energy policy on policymaking in other areas. Possible topics include: development of the U .S. energy bureaucracy, international political/economic decision-making and OPEC, development and impact o f energy price decontrol, economic and political aspects of U.S. energy technology exports, economic and environmental perspectives o f energy resource development (renewable and otherwise). En­ rollment by permission o f instructors. Sug­ gested preparation includes Economics 1-2 and Political Science 2 or 51. Fall semester. (Does not satisfy distribution requirement.) 68. Environm ental Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in environmental policy formulation and imple­ mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects 107 Engineering require an understanding o f environmental processes, including natural and technological processes. Trade-offs between environmental and economic objectives are examined using quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by consent o f instructor. Operations Research and/or Statistics are recommended as prerequisites. Spring semester. (Does not satisfy distribution requirement.) 71. C ircuits and Syste m s. Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear system functions and their application to system design, active systems and stability, response to random signals, energy functions and theorems, digital filters, state variable analysis o f linear and non-linear systems, optimization. Application o f theory to engi­ neering design. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Fall semester. Offered when demand and staffing permit. Barus, Dunn. 73,74. Electronic Circuit A n a ly sis and Design I and II. This course begins with an introduction to the physics of semiconductor devices and modern device technology. The remainder o f the year is devoted to the study of analog and digital circuits and includes an introduction to digital logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar and field effect devices are considered. Use of the circuit simulation program SPICE is empha­ sized. Laboratory work is oriented toward design problems. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a prerequisite for E74. Bowler. 75. Electrom agnetic Theory. Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­ tions. Macroscopic field treatment of magnetic, dielectric and conducting materials. Forces, motion, and energy storage. Field basis of circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­ guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­ cludes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics 18. Fall semester. Barus. 78. Com m unication Syste m s. Theory and design principles o f analog and digital electronic communications. Such topics as information theory, coding, analog and 108 digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­ ing, and data transmission will be treated. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and practical limitations and functional design. Application will be made to a variety of practical systems such as television relay, facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data communications. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring semester. Batus. 81. Therm al Energy Conversion. Development and application o f the principles o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion systems. Brief examination o f world energy supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first and second laws o f thermodynamics. Develop­ ment o f the concepts o f availability, reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­ clear reactions. Applications investigated in­ clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar energy systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E41. Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198485. Macken. 82. Engineering M aterials. Study o f the physical structure and properties of a wide variety o f engineering materials, and the processes by which they are transformed into useful products. The course includes analysis o f material microstructures, macro­ scopic physical properties, and in-service per­ formance with regard to mechanical, thermal, electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plastics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural composites are considered, both with regard to industrial processing and property modifica­ tion and to materials selection in engineering design. Laboratory work includes exercises in property testing and material selection, field trips to materials-processing plants, and a substantial individual project. Prerequisite: E59 (may be taken concurrently) or permission o f instructor. Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1984-85, Orthlieb. 83. Fluid M echanics. Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid flow systems. Relevant equations for the conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy are derived. These are then applied to the study of flows of inviscid and viscous, incompressible and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent. Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198384 . Macken. 84. Heat Transfer. A basic introduction to the physical phenomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques are presented together with empirical results to develop tools for solving problems in heat transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­ tion, boiling, condensation, and radiation. Numerical techniques are discussed for the solution o f conduction problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent. Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1984-85. Macken. 90. Engineering Design. This project-oriented course serves as a cul­ minating exercise for all Engineering majors. Under the guidance o f a faculty member, students investigate a problem o f their choice in an area o f interest to them. In some cases, group projects are possible. At the end o f the semester students prepare a written report and make an oral presentation. Spring semester. 91. Special Topics. Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. 93. Directed Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f engineering as an extension o f one o f his or her courses. 96. Thesis. With approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part of his or her program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis project is carried out. PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS The Department will arrange External Examina­ tions in the following areas to be prepared for by the combinations o f courses indicated. Electronics Energy Conversion Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II Heat Transfer Thermal Energy Conversion Digital S y ste m s Digital Logic Computer Organization, or Laboratory Com­ puter Applications Water R e so u rce s Engineering S y ste m s and Control Structural M echa n ics Circuits and Systems Control Theory and Design Mechanics of Solids Structural Theory and Design Environmental Engineering Water Resources Com m unications M echa n ics of M ate rials Electromagnetic Theory Communication Systems Mechanics of Solids Engineering Materials 109 English Literature T H O M A S H. BLACKBURN, Professor LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre HAROLD E. PAGLIARO, Professor* SU SA N SNYDER, Professor PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Professor and Chairman CHARLES L. JA M E S, Associate Professor M A R Y L. POOVEY, Associate Professor CRAIG W ILLIAM SO N, Associate Professor* ERIC A.G. BINNIE, Assistant Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre PETER J. SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor^ NATHALIE F. ANDERSON, Instructor ELIZARETH CHADWICK, Lecturer M ARCEL L. CHERRY, Lecturer JO ELLEN PARKER, Lecturer ANDREA SUNUNU, Lecturer This Department offers courses in English literature, American literature, theatre, and some foreign literatures in translation. The departmental curriculum is planned to provide experience in several critical approaches to literature and play production, in the intensive study of works of major writers, the study of literature of limited periods, and the study of the development of literary types. The Depart­ ment also provides instruction in the tech­ niques o f writing, acting, and design for the theatre. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Any introductory course—English 2 through 13—or its equivalent by departmental ex­ amination, is the prerequisite for all other courses in literature and theatre. (This prereq­ uisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it required o f those who wish only to take studio courses.) Introductory courses are character­ ized by syllabi with less reading than in advanced courses, by frequent short papers, and by considerable attention to class discus­ sion; they are viewed by the Department as particularly appropriate for freshmen. Enroll­ ment will be limited to 25 students per course; priority is given to freshmen and sophomores. Students will not normally take a second introductory course unless approved by the instructor o f the first course. Only one such course may be counted towards the major. The minimum requirement for admission as a major or as a minor in English is two semestercourses in the Department. Ij. Absent on leave, 1983-84. 110 Students considering a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional courses during the sophomore year. Majors and prospective majors should consult a member of the English Department for in­ formation about courses in other departments complementary to their work in English; work in foreign languages is especially recommended. Students who plan to do graduate work, to follow a course of professional training, or to seek teacher certification in English, should see a member of the Department for early help in planning their programs, as should students who plan to include work in English literature in a program with a major in Literature or Medieval Studies. Students planning to qualify for teacher certification in English are re­ minded that work in American literature and in linguistics or the history o f the English language is required in addition to other requirements o f the major. Major in the Course Program: The work o f a major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including Shakespeare (English 97), at least two courses in literature written before 1800 (such courses are marked with a *), and one course featuring critical theory (such courses are marked with a **). The Comprehensive Examination, taken at the end o f the spring semester o f the senior year, will be based on a list of major authors. This list will be available to majors and prospective majors at least two years before the date o f the exam itself. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Majors in the Honors Program must prepare three or four papers in the Department, two o f which must be on subjects covered in seminars in Group 1 or on other early material decided upon after consultation with the Department. Majors must also take a course or seminar that features critical theory (such courses and seminars are marked by **). Minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Minors are ordinarily required to prepare two papers in the Department. Theatre Concentration: The work of a major in Course with a concentration in Theatre con­ sists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including Shakespeare (Eng­ lish 97), Play Directing (English 78), Intro­ duction to Design (English 76), and one other course in dramatic literature written before the modern period. The remaining work in Theatre may include studio courses to a maximum of two credits. The Comprehensive Examination in the Theatre Concentration (taken at the end o f the spring semester of the senior year) will consist o f two parts: 1 ) a take-home essay describing solutions to artistic and critical problems; 2) a regular three-hour examination covering a reading list and some cultural/ historical aspects o f materials covered in courses. Students are urged to consult the announce­ ments o f other departments which offer courses appropriate to the concentration. It is useful for those anticipating a theatre concentration" to plan their programs early to avoid possible conflict with the twenty-course rule. ration for further work and with applications to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the course is recommended. Does not meet the distribution requirements. May be taken in more than one semester, but for a maximum of one and one half credits. Each semester. Cherry. IB. English for Foreign Students. Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English back­ grounds. Does not meet distribution require­ ments. Each semester. 2. Scie n ce and the Literary Imagination. An introduction to the critical reading o f literature, using texts (in prose and verse from the 16th century to the present) which are concerned with or reflect the impact of science and scientific thinking on individual and society. Spring semester. Blackburn. 3. M a rria g e in Literature. Marriage has been portrayed in literature as comic and as tragic, as poetic and as prosaic; as a topic, marriage involves at once the political, economic, sexual, spiritual, and psychological aspects o f human life. In this course we will examine marriage as a theme in the works of several major authors, including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Austen, Bronte, Tennyson, and Fitzgerald. Each semester. Parker. 4. The Outsider. Alienation as stance and theme in drama, narrative, and lyric poetry: close study o f works by Shakespeare, Milton, Marvell, Con­ rad, Charlotte Bronte, T. S. Eliot, and Margaret Atwood. Spring semester. Snyder. 5. Com ing of Age. This course will deal with various treatments of growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from ancient Greece to contemporary America. Writers to be studied include Sophocles, Shakespeare, Dickens, Morrison and several contemporary poets. Fall semester. Poovey. 6. Rites of Passage . 1A. Expository W riting (Workshop). Individual and group work as intensive prepa­ The course will focus on various rites of passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial 111 English Literature changes in the human psyche, as they are consciously depicted or unconsciously re­ flected in different literary modes, and will examine the shared literary experience itself as ritual process. Topics will include innocence and experience, transition and stasis, commu­ nity and liminality, and the mediation of the sacred and the profane. Major authors will include the Beowulf poet, Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence. Not offered 1983-84. Williamson. 7. Quest Rom ances. Unlike tragedy (which dramatizes death) and comedy (which dramatizes the pleasures of reform), romance deals with the possibility of rebirth and renewal. Versions o f romance will be examined in works by Shakespeare, Dickens, James, Yeats, Raymond Chandler, and Samuel Beckett. Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt. 8. The Iro nic Spirit. This course focuses on the way the ironic mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­ modates responses to fundamental contradic­ tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­ speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison. Fall semester. James. 9. Four Se c u la r M en of the Spirit. A study of iconoclastic authors—Blake, Shaw, Lawrence, and Heller—whose works attack orthodox ways and offer moral alternatives as necessary to human well-being. Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro. 10. Ruin and Re-begetting. An introduction to the artist who, through skillful geometry and the power o f the word, counters fragmentation, chaos, or oblivion. Our study o f the imagery o f ruin and re­ begetting will include works by the Pearl poet, Shakespeare, Donne, Herbert, Browne, Mel­ ville, Eliot, and Woolf. Each semester. Sununu. 11. Figures in the Veil. A study o f the phenomenon o f double­ consciousness in selected narratives and poetry written by Afro-Americans since the Civil War. Authors will include Chesnutt, W .E.B. DuBois, Ellison, Hughes, Zora Hurston, J.W . Johnson, and selected poets. Spring Semester. James. 112 12. The Picaresque. This course will consider the western devel­ opment of a resilient theme in literature: adventures o f a rogue or scoundrel. The class will identify structural and thematic concerns typical of the literature of roguery and discuss the theoretical problems involved in the definition of literary genre. Readings will be in English but will be drawn from more than one linguistic tradition. Major authors will include DeFoe, Twain, Jonson, Shakespeare, Byron, and a choice among such twentieth-century authors as Bellow, Kerouac, Ellison, and Beckett. Spring semester. Chadwick. 13. Studies in the Literature of the Fantastic. Drawing on writings of Freud, Jung, Bettelheim, and others, this course will examine the literary uses of folk and fairy tale material. Authors to be studied will indude Shakespeare, Keats, Bram Stoker, Yeats, Anne Sexton, and others. Each semester. N. Anderson. 16. Su rv e y of English Literature, I.* An historical and critical survey of poetry, prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton. Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro. 17. S u rv e y of English Literature, II. An historical and critical survey of poetry, prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence. Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro. 19. Introduction to Old English: Language, Literature, and Culture.* The course will be an introduction to Old English language, literature, and culture with an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry. Initially, two days a week will be devoted to learning the language and to reading selected prose passages. One day a week will be spent on a cultural topic such as history, art, architecture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The latter part o f the course will be devoted entirely to the study o f Old English poetry. W ith the permission of the instructor this course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may not serve in the place o f a prerequisite for other advanced courses. Not offered 1983-84. Williamson. 21. M edieval English Literature.* The course is a survey o f English literature, primarily poetry, from the 8th through the 15th century. Readings will include: Old English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf, several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays, Everyman, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s LeMorte d’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury Tales will be read in Middle English; other works in translation or modernized forms. No previous knowledge o f Middle English is required. Not offered 1983-84. Williamson. 22. Satire. This examination of satire as a literary genre focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­ phasis is placed on distinguishing between two main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two different types of satirists. Selections are chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Petronius, Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley, and Ishmael Reed. Spring semester. James. 23. Stu d ie s in English Fiction. This course will study developments in fiction (mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot, and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Fall semester. Weinstein. 24. Female Voices, Feminine W iles. An examination o f novels in which 19th and 20th century women writers explore issues central to women and attempt to create a female literary tradition. Topics we will discuss include Anger and its Relationship to Power, Mother-Daughter Relationships, Madness and Monstrosity, and Women’s Place in Language and Literary History. Authors to be studied include Shelly, Austen, Bronte, Eliot, W oolf, Rhys, Lessing, and Drabble. Fall semester. Poovey. 25a, 25b. Shakespeare. (Advanced courses for non-majors, with nor­ mal prerequisites for admission.) Each course will be complete in itself, will aim at covering a wide range o f Shakespeare’s career, and will avoid duplicating material used in the other course. (Students may take both 25a and 25b.) Fall semester, 25a—Henry IV Parts 1 and 2 , Henry V, Midsummer Night’s Dream, Merchant o f Venice, As You Like It, Measure for Measure, Othello, King Lear, Coriolanus, The Tempest. Blackburn. Spring semester, 25b—Richard III, Richard II, Much Ado about Nothing, Romeo and Juliet, Twelfth Night, Troilus and Cressida, Hamlet, Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Julius Caesar, The Winter’s Tale. Binnie. 27. Theory of the Novel.** An examination of various novel types and conventions, the interpretive problems raised by the genre, and some of the critical ap­ proaches contemporary theorists have taken to these problems. Novelists to be read include Defoe, Sterne, Austen, Bronte, Conrad, and Nabokov. This course will be a Writing Course o f 1.5 credits (see p. 52). Fall semester. Poovey. 29. The Black Am erican Writer. This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the pastoral and " antipastoral” as thesis and antithesis. Writers include Charles Chesnutt, Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown, Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and James Baldwin. Not offered 1983-84. James. 31. Chaucer.* Reading in Middle English of most of Chaucer’s major poetry with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course attempts to place the poetry in a variety of critical and cultural contexts—both medieval and modem—which help to illuminate Chaucer’s art. Not offered 1983-84. Williamson. 33. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.* Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan age and early 17th century. Fall semester. Snyder. 34. R e n aissa n ce Com parative Literature.* Humanism and "Counter-Renaissance” devel­ opments in major writings o f Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabelais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Marguerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and Cervantes (all studied in translation). Not offered 1983-84. Snyder. 35. Tudor-Stuart Drama.* Development o f the English drama in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Fall semester. Blackburn. 113 English Literature 36. Milton.* Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular emphasis on Paradise Lost. This course will be a Writing Course o f 1.5 credits, (see p. 49). Spring semester. Blackburn. 37. Eighteenth-Century Literature.* A study o f English prose and poetry from 1660-1800, with attention given to the cultural and intellectual setting. Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro. 38. Rom antic Poetry. A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with attention given to the ideas as well as to the form and structure of their works. Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro. 39. im age s of Women in the Eighteenth-Century Novel.* An examination o f selected eighteenth-century novels which focus on the maturation o f a young woman. We will read novels by both men and women in an attempt to discover major cultural stereotypes and the extent to which these stereotypes were internalized or resisted. Writers to be studied include Defoe, Richardson, Rousseau, Burney, Wollstonecraft, and Austen. Not offered 1983-84. Poovey. 40. Topics in A m erican Literature. A survey o f several enduring issues in American 'literature, among them the myth o f the selfmade man or woman, the "plain style” in prose and poetry, and the concept of manifest destiny in Puritan, Deist, and Romantic historiography. The reading will include a variety o f texts, from autobiographies, histories, essays, diaries, and political tracts, to poems and fiction. Among the authors we will study this year are the Puritans Bradstreet, Winthrop, Taylor, and Edwards; the Deists Franklin, Jefferson, and Paine; and Douglass, Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, Cho­ pin, and Fitzgerald. Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt. 41. Stu d ie s in A m erican Fiction.** A sustained examination of Faulkner’s major novels, from a variety of critical perspectives that draw on the following orientations: textual, New Critical, psychological, mythopoeic, so­ ciological, philosophical, and structuralist/ post-structuralist. Spring semester. Weinstein. 114 42. Em inence and Decadence: The Victorian Poets. A study o f the poetry of Tennyson, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Meredith, the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with particu­ lar attention to each artist’s response to the stresses of the era. Fall semester. N. Anderson. 43. Contem porary Poetry. An examination of representative volumes by contemporary British and American poets, including the famous (Lowell’s Life Studies, Plath’s Ariel), the infamous (Ginsburg’s Howl, Hughes’s Crow), and the relatively obscure (Forche’s The Country Between Us). Not offered 1983-84. N. Anderson. 44. Twain, Faulkner, Richard Wright, and Flannery O’Connor. Selected works, with emphasis on Faulkner. The course will focus on the ways in which the writer’s imagination confronts some o f the ideals and contradictions o f American life (with special attention to relations between blacks and whites). Not offered 1983-84. Weinstein. 45. M odern A m erican Poetry. Selected poems and prose by Williams, Pound, Stevens, and Moore, with special attention given to how each poet invents early, middle, and late styles. Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt. 46. M odern Rritish Poetry. A consideration o f the major British poets from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular attention given to each poet’s individual response to the circumstances o f modern life. Spring semester. N. Anderson. 47. The Contem porary Rlack W riter of the United States. An examination o f the way history, myth, and blues (as oral form) are transformed into metaphor, ritual, and motif by comtemporary Afro-Americans. Writers discussed will include Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Morrison, Alice Walker, and selected poets. Fall semester. James. 48. M odern Drama. See CEL 48. An examination of the range o f dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical theories and production styles since Ibsen. Fall semester. Devin. 49. The Am erican Autobiography. In addition to an examination of the creative impulse to order that is key to the nature and form o f autobiography, this course suggests pairings o f interrelated black and white auto­ biographies. Writers include Benjamin Frank­ lin, W .E.B. DuBois, Mark Twain, Gertrude Stein, Henry Adams, Richard Wright, Mal­ colm X, and Maya Angelou. Not offered 1983-84. James. 50. The M odern English Novel. Study o f the development o f the modern novel beginning with James and continuing to the present. Spring semester. 51. Contem porary Am erican Prose. An examination of the myriad regional accents, aims, and styles—from documentary realism to symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­ ican prose since World War II. Writers to be studied include Eudora Welty, Peter Taylor, Vladimir Nabokov, Thomas Pynchon, Donald Barthelme, Ann Beattie, Raymond Carver, Toni Morrison, and John McPhee. Not offered 1983-84 . Schmidt. 54. Proust, Joyce, and Faulkner. Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis on fictional autobiography, the writers’ pre­ occupation with time and the past, and the ideological and formal tenets of modernism. Not offered 1983-84 . Weinstein. 55. The Black African Writer. This study gives particular attention to the way black African writers portray Africa emerging from the age o f myth—where the conceptuali­ zation o f time shaped and was shaped by a traditional way o f life—into a conception of time as we know it in our industrialized culture. Readings will be chosen from works written in English and in translation, including Achebe, Armah, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, and Soyinka. Spring semester. James. 56. Fictions of Am erican Naturalism . This course examines several important at­ tempts by American writers of fiction to redefine the tragic experience in modern terms and consistent with the way scientific method, deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­ verged in their imaginations. Writers will include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser, W . D. Howells, Jack London, Frank Norris, and Richard Wright. Fall semester. James. 57. The Nineteenth-Century English Novel. A study o f the development of the novel during the Romantic and Victorian periods. The novelists discussed will include Austen, the Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Trollope, and Hardy. Fall semester. Parker. 58. Introduction to A n glo -Irish Literature. This course will cover the background to the modern literature through such topics as epic literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the Irish storyteller, and will include readings from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey, Kavanagh, Heaney, and others. Spring semester. Durkan. 60. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop. The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories submitted by students. It meets once a week for three hours. In addition to receiving practical help from fellow writers, students have an opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­ cal aspects of fiction writing. Students should submit one story for admission, at a time announced during the fall semester. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion of the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Williamson. 61. Poetry W orkshop. A class, limited to twelve, in which students write, read, translate, and talk about poetry. We will emphasize the discovery and develop­ ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns, within the context o f contempory poetics. Students should submit 3-5 pages of poetry for admission, at a time announced during fall semester. The workshop will meet once a week for three hours. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion of the instructor. Spring semester. N. Anderson. 62. Theatre: Play w riting W orkshop. Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by some reading and analysis 115 English Literature o f appropriate models. Students should submit a completed one-act play in the fall preceding the semester they wish to take the course. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. Spring semester. Devin. scenes. The class meets three days a week, and some Sunday evenings; it may be repeated for credit with the instructor’s permission. Pre­ requisite: Techniques of Acting. One semester course credit. (Studio course) Fall semester. Devin and Binnie. 71. Theatre: Techniques of Acting. 75b. Theatre: Ensem ble II. Identification and exploration o f some funda­ mental acting techniques through exercise and scene study, including rehearsal practice, scene analysis, and warm-up. (Studio course) Fall semester. Devin. Study and rehearsal o f a full-length play. Tryouts as announced. One semester course credit. This course may be repeated with the instructor’s permission. (Studio course) Spring semester. Devin and Binnie. 72. Theatre: Scene Study. 76. Theatre: Introduction to Design. A studio for intermediate and advanced actors. Emphasis on scene study o f scripted material, using exercises, improvisations and studio games as tools for character development and interaction. One-half semester course credit. Prerequisite: English 71 or the instructor’s permission. This course may be repeated for credit, with the instructor’s permission. (Studio course) Each semester. Devin. 73. Theatre: Production W orkshop. Introduction to theatre technology: problems in lighting, costume, sound, and scene design. One-half semester course credit. This work­ shop may be repeated for credit with the instructor’s permission. NOTE: Two sections o f this course are offered each semester. Each section will be devoted to different aspects of technology selected from those mentioned above. Interested students should consult with the instructor in choosing the section appro­ priate to their interests. (Studio course) Each semester. Binnie. 74. Theatre: Topics in Theatre History. An historical approach to dramatic literature and its performance. Social and intellectual backgrounds, together with theatre architecture and technology, as they influence dramatic artists and the audience. Not offered 1983-84. 75a. Theatre: Ensem ble I. An intensive course in theatre technique consisting o f a rehearsal and performance of scenes in association with classes in dramatic literature, principally Shakespeare. Members o f the ensemble deliver short presentations on the performance history o f selected plays, and work with the literature classes preparing 116 The theoretical and historical foundations of contemporary theatrical design. Lab work investigates theory through the practical appli­ cation o f basic techniques. Fall semester. Binnie. 77. Theatre: Advanced Design. An intensive course in theatre technique consisting o f rehearsal and performance of literature. Development o f design presentation techniques through lab work. Normally offered on an individual basis to qualified students completing an actual design project for produc­ tion. Prerequisite: English 76, or the instruc­ tor’s permission. Spring semester. Binnie. 78. Theatre: Play Directing. Analysis o f dramatic literature for production. Exploration o f performance and production possibilities. Lab sessions held jointly with Theatre: Design. Prerequisite: one credit of studio course work in theatre, or the instruc­ tor’s permission. Spring semester. Devin. 83. Restoration and EighteenthCentury Dram a.* An examination of the English theatre in search o f a new identity of purpose, genre and style, following eighteen years o f Puritan suppres­ sion, focusing on plays by Dryden, Wycherley, Congreve, Gay, Goldsmith, and Sheridan, with appropriate attention to related developments in English opera and visual arts. Fall semester. Binnie. 85. European Rom anticism . (Crosslisted CEL 85 ). The class will elaborate a definition of literary romanticism in a European context. W e will consider popular forms such as ballads and folk tales, as well as hymns, poems, gothic and epistolary novels, and drama. Discussion o f such themes as Orien­ talism, medievalism, the supernatural and the scientific. Authors include: Shakespeare, Words­ worth and Coleridge, Shelley, E.T.A. Hoffman, Goethe, Novalis, Chateaubriand, Beckford, Constant, Foscolo. All texts available in trans­ lation; students with working knowledge of French and German are encouraged to read in the original language. Fall semester. Chadwick. 86. Folklore and Folklife Studies. An introduction to the major forms of folklore and selected forms of folklife materials. The course includes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modern societies as well as in traditional ones. Crosslisted as History 86. Spring semester. Morgan. 93. Directed Reading. Students who plan directed reading must consult with the appropriate instructor and submit a prospectus to the Department by way of application for such work before the beginning o f the semester during which the study is actually done. Deadlines for the receipt of written applications are the second Monday in November and the first Monday in April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors. 96. Criticism /Theory Colloquium .** A study of some o f the theoretical and practical problems of representation. Texts will include plays and narratives by such authors as Shakespeare, Artaud, and Ann Beatty and theorists such as Freud, Derrida, Barthes, and Foucault. W e will also examine films and live performances. Limited enrollment. Spring semester. Devin and Poovey. 97. Sh akesp e are Conference. (for course majors only) Study o f at least twenty-two plays, tracing the development of Shakespeare’s craftsmanship and ideas. Re­ quired of course majors in the Department, who meet weekly in small groups during the fall semester. Students should read through the plays before beginning the course. Two credits. Fall semester. Staff. 98,99. Sen io r Essay, Sen io r Thesis. In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course majors in the Department may pursue a literary project (English 98) o f their own choosing. The major part o f the semester is devoted to preparing an essay (or essays) under the supervision o f a member o f the Department. A brief prospectus for the project must be submitted for approval by the Department in April o f the junior year. Before submitting this prospectus, Course majors should consult with the Department Chairman and with the Department member who might supervise the project. The project, culminating in an essay (or essays) o f 20-25 pages, will be completed in December o f the senior year. Students who do well on this project and wish to develop it into a compre­ hensive thesis will take English 99 in the spring semester. The work on the thesis will normally deepen or expand work completed during the fall; the relation o f the thesis to the fall essay (essays) will o f course vary according to the nature o f the student’s project. Courses Projected for Subsequent Years: 52. Representations of W om en’s Identity. 53. Pro u st and Joyce. 59. Religion and Literature. 82. Colloquium: The Harlem Renaissance. 117 English Literature SEMINARS Group I 101. Shakespeare. Study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading of the remainder o f the canon. Students are advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar. Each semester. Staff. 102. Chaucer and M edieval Literature. A survey o f English literature, primarily poetry, from the 8th through the 15th century with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will include Beowulf and other selected Old English poems, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Chaucer’s Troilus and Criseyde and a major portion of The Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman, Pearl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and portions o f Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Back­ ground readings will include selections from Andreas Capellanus and Boethius. Works in Chaucerian dialect will be read in Middle English; other works will be read in translation or in modernized versions. Fall semester, 1984. Williamson. 104. Milton. Study of Milton’s works with special emphasis on Paradise Lost. Spring semester, 1985. Blackburn. 105. Tudor-Stuart Drama. The development o f English drama from medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and comedy. Not offered 1983-84. Blackburn. 106. R e n aissan ce Epic. The two major English epics of the period, Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise Lost, considered in the context of the work of each poet and in relation to two antecedents, Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered. Spring semester 1984. Snyder. 108. R e n a issa n ce Poetry. Poetic modes and preoccupations of the English Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney, Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and Marvell. Not offered 1983-84. Snyder. 109. Eighteenth-Century Literature. Examination of the literary forms and critical values of the age, with special attention given to the works of Dry den, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Spring semester, 1985. Pagliaro. Group II 110. The Rom antic Poets. Examination of the poetry o f Blake, Words­ worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Fall semester, 1984. Pagliaro. 112. The Nineteenth-Century English Novel. Studies in four novelists: Austen, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy. Spring semester, 1985. 113. The M odern Novel. Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and Woolf. Spring semester, 1984. 115. M odern Com parative Literature. Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to the present. Students are advised to read 118 Ulysses before taking the seminar. Fall and Spring reading lists will be different. Each semester. Weinstein. 116. Am erican Literature. This year, Emerson, Whitman, Hawthorne, and James. The writers will be studied individ­ ually, but they will also be considered as "fathers and sons” in literary history: Emerson and Hawthorne as the parental figures, W hit­ man and James as their progeny. Fall semester, 1984. Schmidt. 118. M odern Poetry. A study of the poetry and critical prose of Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define their differences and to assess their influence on later poets and theorists. Fall semester. N. Anderson. 119. M odern Dram a.** A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to the present. Texts will be examined both as scripts for living theatre and as literary and cultural documents. The seminar will visit various theatres, meet with actors and direc­ tors, and shape appropriate acting exercises. Secondary readings on dramatic theory, criti­ cism, and intellectual history relevant to the plays under discussion will be assigned each week. Spring semester, 1985. Devin and Williamson. 120. Theory of C riticism .** A course designed to provide a working knowledge o f the major schools of contempo­ rary criticism. In addition to questions of interpretation, issues addressed by these critics include the nature o f language, the formation o f the literary canon, and the social and political role o f the critic. Theories to be studied include New Criticism, Structuralism, Post-structuralism, Psychoanalysis, Feminism, and Marxism. Spring semester, 1984. Poovey. 121. M odern Black Fiction. A comparative approach to black fiction o f the United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. This study attempts a unity o f themes arising out of shared experiences o f heritage and exile—exile from sources, tradition, and landscape. Empha­ sis will be on works by Wright, Baldwin, and Morrison (U .S.A .), Achebe and Tutuola (Ni­ geria McKay and Harris (Caribbean). Not offered 1983-84. James. 180. Thesis. A major in the Honors Program may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar. The student must select a topic and submit a plan for Department approval no later than the end o f the junior year. Normally, the student writes the thesis, under the direction o f a member o f the Department, during the fall of the senior year. Staff. 183. independent Study. Students may prepare for an Honors Examina­ tion in a field or major figure comparable in literary significance to those offered in the regular seminars. Independent study projects must be approved by the Department and supervised by a Department member. Dead­ lines for the receipt o f written applications are the second Monday in November and the first Monday in April. Staff. 119 History ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor and Chairman! J A M E S A. FIELD, JR., Professor* BERNARD S. SM ITH , Professor JERO M E H. WOOD, JR., Professor* HARRISO N M. WRIGHT, Professor and Provost§ MARGARET ANDERSON, Associate Professor ROBERT S. DU PLESSIS, Associate Professor LILLIAN M. LI, Associate Professor KATHRYN L MORGAN, Associate Professor M ARJO RIE MURPHY, Assistant Professor ANDREW M. VERNER, Instructor LEE V. CASSANELLI, Visiting Lecturerff COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES The Department o f History offers a range of courses o f value to all students, from surveys to more specialized courses focusing on a specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses attempt to give students a sense o f the past, an acquaintance with the social, cultural, and institutional developments which have pro­ duced the world of today, and an understanding o f the nature of history as a discipline. The courses emphasize less the accumulation o f data than the investigation, from various points of view, o f those ideas and institutions— political, religious, social, and economic—by which people have endeavored to order their world. Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f students who seek a general education in the field, as well as to provide preparation for a range o f upper-level courses. Freshman sem­ inars explore particular issues or periods in depth. Although these entry-level courses vary somewhat in approach, they normally consider major issues of interpretation, the analysis o f primary sources, and historical methodology. Prerequisites: Surveys (numbered one through nine) are open to all students without pre­ requisites. Freshman seminars are open only to freshmen on the same basis. Upper-level courses are generally open to all students who have taken a survey in the same area, or who have Advanced Placement scores o f 3-5 in the same area, or by permission o f the instructor based on work in fields related to the subject of the course. Exceptions are courses "not open to freshmen" or where specific prerequisites are stated. For courses not clearly in the area of one of the surveys, please consult the instructor. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission to the Department as a major in the Course of External Examination (Honors) Program or as a minor in the Honors program is normally at least two History courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all courses. At least one o f these history courses * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983. f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984. § On administrative leave, 1983-84. 120 should be taken within the History Department, and preferably two for admission to Honors. Ideally preparation for the major should in­ clude at least one survey, and either a freshman seminar or upper-level course. Students who intend to continue their studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading knowledge ^Absent on leave, 1983-84. f t Spring semester, 1984. o f one or two foreign languages (particularly French and German) is now generally assumed for admission to graduate school. Major in the Course Program: The work o f the major in course consists o f at least eight (and normally no more than eleven) semester courses in the department plus a thesis, chosen so as to fulfill the following requirements: (a) Course majors must fulfill certain departmental distribution requirements. For purposes o f distribution the Department has divided its courses into four groups: (1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern Europe through the 18th century; (2) Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries); (3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Course majors must take at least one course from each o f these areas. Beyond that, majors are encouraged to concentrate informally in topics or areas of special interest to them, including at least three courses in the area o f the senior thesis. (b) Course majors must take History 91 (Junior Seminar) in the spring o f the junior year. This course considers the nature and methods o f historical research, and involves the writing o f an historio­ graphical essay related to the topic o f the senior thesis. (c) Course majors in the fall o f the senior year complete a single credit thesis (History 9 2 ) on the topic developed in the junior seminar. Major and minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may elect history as a major or a minor in the Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs. Majors in the Honors Program may take either three or four seminars in the Department. Minors in the Honors Program are ordinarily expected to take at least two seminars. ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS Advanced Placement. The Department will automatically grant one semester’s credit for incoming students who have achieved a score o f 5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This credit may be counted toward the number of courses required for graduation. It may be used in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution requirements. For majors, it may serve as partial fulfillment o f the departmental distri­ bution requirements listed above. Grades o f 3 and 4 may serve as prerequisite for advanced courses in history in the same area (European or American) as the Advanced Placement course. Language Attachment. Certain designated courses offer the option of a foreign language attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per­ mission to take this option will be granted to any student whose reading facility promises the profitable use o f historical sources in the foreign language. Arrangements for this option should be made with the instructor at the time o f registration. 1. Early Europe. Europe from the rise o f Christianity to the end o f the Middle Ages. This course will stress the uses o f primary sources. Fall. Smith. 2. Early M odern Europe. From the late Middle Ages to the mid­ eighteenth century, focusing on intellectual movements, varieties o f state formation, and economic and social change. Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis. 3A. M odern Europe. A topical survey from the Old Regime to the Cold War, with emphasis on the political, institutional, economic, and social forces that have shaped modern Europe. Topics include Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and reform movements, industrialization and the rise o f the modern nation-states, imperialism, and world war. Spring. Anderson. 3B. M odern European Society and Culture. An introduction to the history o f major ideas and intellectual movements in relation to social realities and political action from the eighteenth to the twentieth century. Changing conceptions 121 History o f the individual, state, and society are exam­ ined in historical context. Fail. Verner. 4. Latin Am erica. The development o f the Latin American area from preconquest times to the present. Empha­ sis is on the political, economic, and social development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina, and on recent attempts at radical transformation. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 5. The United State s to 1877. The colonial experience and the emergence o f an American social order; Revolution and Constitution; the "first” and "second” party systems; humanitarianism and social control in the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil War, and Reconstruction. Fall. Bannister. 6. The United State s sin c e 1877. Industrialism and the American social order; the welfare state from the Square Deal to the Great Society; world power and its problems; the 1960s and its legacy. Spring. Murphy. 7. African-A m erica n History. A survey of the African-American experience from its African background to the present. Topics will include politics, economics, educa­ tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected forms o f expressive culture. Fall. Morgan. 8. Africa. A survey o f African history since 1800. Themes include nineteenth century political change; Islamic reform and revolution; the scramble for Africa; the culture o f colonization and independence; roots o f ethnic and "tribal conflict. Examples to be drawn from north and sub-Saharan Africa. Spring. Cassanelli. 9. C hinese Civilization. An historical introduction to various aspects o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul­ ture—language, literature, philosophy, art, imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts of Asia will be examined briefly. Fall. Li. 122 IOA. Freshm an Sem inar: The Crusades. The history o f the crusading movement from its beginnings in eleventh century papal ideol­ ogy through the fall o f Constantinople to the Turks in 1453. The emphasis will be less on the military campaigns than on West European political and social change brought about by exposure to Islam. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to freshmen entering with Advanced Placement score o f 3 or more in European History. Fall. Smith. IOB. Freshm an Sem inar: The Third Reich and the Holocaust. An intensive examination o f the origins, ideology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its extension across Europe, and responses of victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to freshmen entering with Advanced Placement score o f 3 or more in European History. Fall. Anderson. C la s s ic s 21. Ancient Greece. (See listing under Department of Classics.) C la s s ic s 31. H istory of Greece. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) C la s s ic s 32. The Rom an Republic. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) C la s s ic s 42. Greece in the Fifth Century B.C. (See listing under Department of Classics.) C la s s ic s 44. The Rom an Empire. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) 11. Early M edieval Europe. The history of western Europe from the accession o f Diocletian to the last Carolingians. Fall. Smith. 12. Later M edieva l Europe. The history o f western Europe from the tenth to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on the role o f the Papacy. Spring. Smith. 13. England to 1509. The political, cultural, and religious history of England from the Roman occupation to the accession o f Henry VIII. Spring. Smith. 14. M edieval European Intellectual History. The history o f ideas in western Europe from the fifth to the fourteenth century, with roughly equal attention being paid to the development o f political theory, theology, philosophy, education, and science. Spring. Smith. 15. M edieval European Historiography. Writings on history, from Augustine to Frois­ sart, and the Middle Ages, from the fifteenth century to the present, will be studied. The course’s purpose is to identify changes in each period’s conception of the Middle Ages. Not offered 1983-84. Smith. 16. The Twelfth Century. A study of the most rapid period o f change in the Middle Ages, seen through the careers of six representative figures: Abelard, Bernard, Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis VII, and Pope Alexander III. Not offered 1983-84. Smith. 19. The Renaissance. The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and early sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to the political, economic and social context. Empha­ sis on cultural developments including human­ ism, art, historiography, and political thought. Christian humanism and the adoption of as­ pects of the Renaissance cultural achievement in other parts of Europe are also considered. Optional Language Attachment: French. Fall. DuPlessis. 23. Tudor and Stuart England. The transformation o f England in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma­ tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics include the Tudor polity, political revolt and the emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the recasting of the social structure, the rise o f a capitalist economy, and the course of religious conflict and change. Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis. 24. The R ise of Capitalism. The transition from agrarian feudalism to industrial capitalism in Europe from the fourteenth to the nineteenth centuries. Empha­ sis on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma­ tion, restructuring of industrial production, expansion of the market, class formation, economic thought, and ideology. Analysis of theories about the origins o f capitalism and industrialization. Some discussion of devel­ opment in Eastern Europe, but most attention is given to Western Europe, particularly England and France. Fall. DuPlessis. 25. Women, Society and Change in M odern Europe. A topical study o f European women from the later Middle Ages to the twentieth century. Issues to be considered include working women in preindustrial and industrial economies, family life, sexuality and reproduction, wom­ en’s collective action, the rise of feminism. Optional Language Attachment: French. Spring. DuPlessis. 29. Victorian England. England from the 1830’s to the end o f the nineteenth century. Topics will include landed and industrial society, the poor, and reform; piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation and Empire; and representative figures of the age. Fall. Anderson. 31. Revolutions and Revolutionaries. Comparison o f the revolutions in France, Germany, and Russia from the late eighteenth to the early twentieth century. Old regime state and social structure, values and aspirations of masses, crowd behavior and changing nature of collective violence, revolutionary terror, role o f charismatic leadership, spontaneity versus organization. Not offered 1983-84. Verner. 32. Europe of the Dictators, 1914-1945. The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on the social and political fabric of Europe; the interaction o f domestic and international con­ flict; the crisis of industrial capitalism; national­ ism, militarism, racism; the first effective experiments in the use o f ideology, technology, and terror as means of social control. Optional Language Attachment: German. Not offered 1983-84. Anderson. 33. The European Left. Leftist movements and ideologies in the nine­ teenth and twentieth centuries from preMarxian socialism to post-Leninist commun­ 123 History ism. Topics include the changing nature of social protest, the transformation from corpo­ rate to class society, "utopian and scientific’* Marxism, anarchism, trade unionism and elec­ toral politics, class consciousness and mass action, war and revolution, the responsibilities and alienation o f power. Spring. Verner. 35. Culture and Politics of M odern France. An examination o f nation, citizen, and class from the July Monarchy to the Fifth Republic. Topics include the revolution of 1848, middle classes and bourgeois culture, rise o f the working class, Bonapartism and Commune, Republican synthesis and stability, radicals and the church, anti-Semitism, polarization and disintegration, World War II—collaboration and resistance, rebirth of the republic and end of empire, Gaullism. Fall. Verner. 36. M odern Germany. The development of Germany from a collection o f small towns and small states to the lynch-pin o f the present European balance of power. Topics will include: the formation o f an imperial state and its grasp for world power; the conflict between agrarian ideals and indus­ trial imperatives; democratization and the search for a national identity; cultural efflores­ cence and political breakdown; the youth movement, anti-semitism, and National Social­ ism; divided Germany and the "undigested" Germany past. Optional Language Attachment: German. Spring. Anderson. 37. M odern Russia. tionalism and religious toleration; the emer­ gence o f a new social structure; racism and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 42. The A m erican Revolution. The conflict between intensive self-government in the colonies and English ideas and projects for empire; the revolt against colonial status and the elaboration o f a "republican" ethos and "republican" institutions, 1763-1789. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 43. Je ffe rso n ia n ism and the Am erican Experience. An interdisciplinary course which focuses intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­ sonian view o f man and America and other perspectives in American politics, constitu­ tional law, social theory, religion, literature, and architecture. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: History 5, 6 or equivalent,or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 44. Am erica in the P ro g re ssiv e Era, 1896-1920. Modernization, social control, and the rise of the corporate state. Topics include the control o f industry, scientific management, socialism and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics and birth control, the women’s movement, social science and the rise o f the "expert," advertising and the roots of consumerism. Not offered 1983-84. Bannister. 45. The United States Sin ce 1945. The Cold War and McCarthy ism; domestic politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza­ tion, technological change and mass society; the New Left and the counterculture; Civil Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation; Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet­ nam; revival on the Right. Spring. Murphy. From the end o f serfdom to the demise of Khrushchev: A century o f continuity and change in the history o f Tsarist and Soviet Russia. Topics include the role of the autocratic state, the intelligentsia tradition, bureaucratic reform and reaction, the transformation o f an agrarian economy, the dilemma o f Russian liberalism, origins o f Russian Marxism and the nature o f Russia’s revolutions, Leninism versus Stalinism. Spring. Verner. 46. Topics in A m erican Intellectual History. 41. The A m erican Colonies. 47. Am erica and the Worlih to 1900. The foundations o f American civilization, 1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­ ment o f representative government; denomina- The American role in world affairs from the Revolution through the War with Spain; independence and westward expansion; ideo- 124 Selected themes, varying from year to year. Tentative topic for 1984-85: Science and Society. Not open to freshmen. Not offered 1983-84. Bannister. logical and economic interaction with Europe and the outer world; the growth o f industrial power and the problem o f "imperialism.” Spring. Field. 48. Am erica and the Wbrld: sin ce 1900. New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the Far East; the expansion o f American economic and cultural influence; two world wars and the effort to prevent a third; the American "chal­ lenge” and the American "empire.” Not offered 1983-84. Field. 49. A m erican Econom ic History. (Also listed as Economics 49 .) Economic development from the colonial period to the New Deal with emphasis on patterns of growth, the quantitative expansion o f the economy, changing institutional and social structure, and the culminating economic and social crises o f each stage o f development. May be taken for History credit only by those who have satisfied the departmental prerequisites. Not offered 1983-84. Weiman (Department of Economics). 52. Education in Am erica. (Also listed as Education 52.) A history of primary, secondary, and higher education in America from the European and colonial origins to the present. The course will consider both theory and practice within the context of American society and culture, and in relation to other agencies o f socialization. Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Bannister. 1 1 53. Black Culture and Black C o n sciou sn e ss. j Exploration into the relationship between black culture and black consciousness with emphasis placed on twentieth century America. Prerequisite: History 5 , 6,7 , or 8, or permission of the instructor. I J Spring. Morgan. 54. Women, Society, and Politics. teenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include: the labor process in the pre-industrial village, mill operatives in New England towns, com­ pany towns in the making o f steel, the city and economic diversity, industrial neighborhoods and ethnic conflict, suburbanization and white collar work. Fall. Murphy. 56. Ex-Slave Narratives. An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is placed on the relationship of the narratives to the understanding o f the black experience in the United States. Prerequisite: History 5 , 6,7, or 8, or the permis­ sion o f the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Morgan. 57. Oral History. By examining the living past this course seeks to emphasize the relevance o f history to modern life with special emphasis on American subject matter. Students will be taught the skills requisite for the completion of an original research project that involves the collection, classification, and analysis of data selected from both written and oral sources. General discussion topics include folk religion, the role o f the family, local and personal history, and old ways in the new world. Some work will be done o ff campus. Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­ sion o f instructor. Fall. Morgan. 58. The World of W.E.B. DuBois. A study o f DuBois’ thought on important issues as reflected in a selection o f his creative writings, speeches, addresses, and major histor­ ical works. Topics include DuBois’ views on the economic and political position o f blacks in the United States, on Pan Africanism, and on imperialism. Prerequisite: History 5, 6, 7, or 8, or the permission o f the instructor. Fall. Morgan. Women in American society from the colonial Religion 17. H istory of Religion in period to the present, with emphasis on the changing nature o f work and the separation of Am erica. (See listing under Department of Religion.) spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resistance to women’s rights. Not open to freshmen. Religion 18. Quakerism . Fall. Murphy. (See listing under Department o f Religion.) I 55. W ork and Community in the Am erican P a s t 63. South Africa. A survey of South African history with an Industrialization and urbanization in the nine­ 125 History emphasis on Bla^ck-White relations and on the development o f contemporary problems. Not offered 1983-84. Wright. 66. T opics in Latin A m erican History. Thematic as well as regional and national approaches varying from year to year. Topic for spring 1985: Revolution and Social Change in twentieth century Latin America. Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission of the instructor. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 67. The African in Latin Am erica. The history o f black people in French, Portu­ guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emancipa­ tion, the contemporary scene. Special attention will be given to the impact o f African civiliza­ tion on Latin countries, as well as to compara­ tive analysis o f the experience of blacks in that region and in the United States. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Not offered 1983-84. Wood. 68. Food and Famine: Past and Present. The production, distribution, and consump­ tion o f food have affected the relationship of peoples to their natural and social environ­ ments. This course will consider how different societies have fed their populations, how the current world food problem differs from historical subsistence crises, and how food affects economic development and interna­ tional relations. Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis­ sion of the instructor. Not open to freshmen. Spring. Li. 72. Japanese Civilization. Japan’s history from its origins to the early nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­ cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns. No prerequisite. Spring. Li. 74. M odern China. The history o f China since the early nineteenth century. Topics include the impact o f the west, reform and revolution, nationalism, and the development o f the communist movement. No prerequisite. Spring. Li. 126 75. M odern Japan. The transformation o f Japan into a modem nation-state, from the early nineteenth century until the present. No prerequisite. Fall. Li. 77. China: The P o litics of History. This course will examine, with particular emphasis on political influences, the historiog­ raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of the past to the Confucian state; 2) major ideological controversies from the late nine­ teenth century to the present; 3) the changing views o f Western observers and historians, both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­ ment. Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Li. 86. Folklore and Folklife Studies. (Also listed as English 86.) An introduction to the major forms o f folklore and selected forms o f folklife materials. The course includes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modern societies as well as in traditional ones. Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­ ture. Spring. Morgan. 88. H istory Through Folklore and Literature. A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­ ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes toward life among selected cultural groups in the twentieth century, primarily but not exclusively in the United States. Themes include loneliness and friendship, love and death, vocation and avocation, life after death, and the resurgence o f the occult in United States popular culture. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: History/Literature 86, or per­ mission o f the instructor. Spring. Morgan. 9!. Junior Sem inar. Required o f all course majors, this seminar considers issues in the research and writing of history. In the first part of the semester, works embodying various conceptual and methodo- logical perspectives will be discussed; in the second, students will prepare historiographical essays related to the topics o f their senior theses. Spring. Members o f the Department. 92. Thesis. A single credit thesis, required o f all course majors, on a topic developed in the junior seminar. Fall. Members of the Department. 93. Directed Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the chairman and o f the instructor is required. History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as History 93A. Members o f the Department. SEMINARS The following seminars are offered by the Department, when possible, to juniors and seniors who are preparing to be examined for a degree with Honors. They may be taken without regard to chronological order. Some preliminary reading or other preparation may be required for seminars on subjects in which no work has previously been done. 111. M edieval Europe. Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish alliance o f the eighth century to about 1300. Spring 1985. Smith. 116. The Renaissance. Topics in the development o f the Renaissance state, society and culture in Italian communes between the fourteenth and sixteenth centuries. Issues addressed include forms o f political and economic organization, varieties of humanism, political theory, changing historical conscious­ ness, art and society. Much attention is devoted to historiography. Fall 1983. DuPlessis. 117. Europe in the 16th and 17th Centuries. State, society and economy in continental Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid­ eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the disparate patterns o f state formation, economic development and social change; the relations between economic and political transforma­ tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­ able attention will be given to comparisons among states, the transition to capitalism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins and functions o f absolutism. Not offered 1983-84 . DuPlessis. 118. Tudor and Stuart England. The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and capitalist economy through religious reform, political revolution and socio-economic trans­ formation. Topics included popular rebellion, the causes and nature o f the two revolutions of the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­ nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt, the relation between science and religion. Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis. 119. Early M odern European Intellectual and Cultural History. European thought and culture in its social context from the breakup o f cultural unity following the Renaissance to the emergence o f a new synthesis during the Enlightenment. Topics include the theology, appeal and institu­ tionalization of the magisterial, radical and counter Reformations; rationalism and pes­ simism; popular mentalities and witchcraft; intellectual and educational institutions; print­ ing, literacy, and the diffusion o f learning; "high” and "low” Enlightenments. Attention will be given to conceptual and methodological issues in the study o f cultural history. Spring 1984. DuPlessis. 122. Europe 1760 to 1870. Selected topics in the social, economic, and political history o f France, England, and Germany from the ancient regime to German unification. Special emphasis on the origins and nature o f the French Revolutions, the Industrial Revolution in England and its consequences, class structure and conflict, German nationalism and the failure of liberal­ ism. Fall. Verner. 127 History 124. England, 1815-1914. 135. Am erican So cia l History. England in the liberal age. The rise o f the first modern industrial state and its social, political, and cultural problems and achievements. Fall 1983, "1984. Anderson. The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth and twentieth century America. Topics include fertility, mortality, and migration; industrial­ ization and the family; slavery and its aftermath; mechanization and changing patterns of work; social mobility, urbanization and suburbaniza­ tion; gender, class, and ethnicity. Spring 1984 , 1985. Murphy. 125. F a sc ist Europe. Italy, Spain, Hungary, Rumania, and Germany in the early twentieth century. Spring. Anderson. 128. R u ssia n Empire in the 19th and 20th Centuries. From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient themes in Russian and Soviet History in­ cluding autocratic politics and bureaucratic reform, the role o f social groups such as the intelligentsia, nobility, peasantry, and workers, problems o f economic development, revolu­ tionary theory and practice, Leninist and Stalinist alternatives o f the Soviet system. Spring, Fall 1984. Verner. 130. Early A m erican History. Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects o f the period from the explorations to the early National era. Spring, 1985. Wood. 132. Am erican Political History. Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic, and cultural context. Topics include the shaping o f the constitution; *'republicanism,” ''democ­ racy,” and the first and second party systems; slavery, the Civil War and the constitution; the social bases o f campaign styles and strategies; the emergence o f the regulatory-welfare state; experts, interest groups, and the decline of voter participation; the making o f the modern presidency. Not offered 1983-84. Bannister. 134. Am erican Diplom atic History. A study o f the evolution since 1776 of American relations with the outer world with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­ gic developments. Spring. Field. 128 136. Am erican Intellectual History. Political, social, and literary culture from the late eighteenth century through World War I. Fall 1984 . Bannister. 140. M odern Africa. Studies in sub-Saharan African history with emphasis on the period since 1800. Not offered 1983-84. 141. South Africa. South Africa from the seventeenth century to the present. Not offered 1983-84. Wright. 144. M odern East Asia. Political, social, and intellectual change in China and Japan since the early nineteenth century, comparing the different responses to western imperialism and the different ap­ proaches to modernization. Fall. Li. 148. Latin Am erica. Selected topics in Latin American history. Fall 1984. Wood. 180. Thesis. With the permission o f the Department, Honors candidates may write a thesis for either single or double course credit. Double-credit theses will normally be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors candidates wishing to write a thesis for single (non-Honors) credit should elect History 92. International Relations Coordinator: RAYMOND. F. HO PKINS Students who plan to enter upon a career in some field o f international affairs may wish to graduate with a concentration in international relations. Such students should include in their programs, during the first two years, introduc­ tory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more modern languages. Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the programs o f students who do their major work in economics, history, political science, or modern language. departments with a concentration in interna­ tional relations may take a Senior Comprehen­ sive Examination planned for this concentra­ tion. Students preparing for this examination should take eight or more courses from among those listed below, including all those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III, in addition to other courses in the major Department as may be required by that Department, so as to have a minimum of eight courses in the major. The examination will be administered by the major department after consultation with the concentration coor­ dinator. Students who wish to major in one o f these Group I Political Scie n ce 4. Econom ics 30. International Politics The International Economy Political Scie n ce 14. American Foreign Policy Group II H istory 4. H isto ry 47. Latin America America and the World: to 1900 H istory 8. H istory 48. Africa America and the World: since 1900 H istory 10. H istory 74. Islam Modern China H istory 37. H istory 75. Modern Russia Modem Japan Group III Econom ics 11. Political Scie n ce 13. Economic Development International Organizations in World Politics Econom ics 31. Political Scie n ce 18. Comparative Economic Systems Political Development Econom ics 92. Political Scie n ce 19. Economies o f the Middle East Comparative Communist Politics Political Scie n ce 3. Political Science 20. Comparative Politics Politics o f China 129 International Relations Political Science 21. Political Scie n ce 70. Politics of Black Africa (also listed as Economics 70) The Political Economy o f Communist Systems Political Science 22. Latin American Politics Political Scie n ce 55. Modern Political Theory Political Scie n ce 63. Advanced International Politics 130 Students who plan to enter the External Examination (Honors) Program will find it possible to select a similar combination of courses and seminars in the field o f interna­ tional relations. In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman of their prospective major department. Linguistics ALFRED H. BLOOM, Associate Professor and Program Director □ M A R C IA C. LINEBARGER, Lecturer SU S A N G. W ILLIAM SON, Social Sciences Librarian Linguistics is the study of language. On the most general level it deals with the internal structure o f languages, the history o f their development and the role they play in influ­ encing the entire spectrum o f human activity. Descriptive linguistics involves an attempt to arrive at an adequate description o f the phonological, syntactic, and semantic compo­ nents o f language, differentiating those ele­ ments which are generic to all languages from those which are particular to any given language or family o f languages. Diachronic or historical linguistics looks at the evolution o f these components over time. Sociolinguistics centers on the link between language and the social context in which it is spoken; mathematical linguistics on the formal analysis o f linguistic structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay between language and the processes o f percep­ tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic variables influence interaction at the individual and societal levels, play a central role in shaping the form and meaning o f literary expression and constitute a significant area of philosophi­ cal inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics and the humanities or the social sciences are encouraged for Course students. All such programs are designed on an individual basis to suit the interests of the student, but it is highly recommended that Linguistics 108 be included at some point in the course sequence. The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a minimum of three external examination prepa­ rations. Honors candidates in addition are required to include in their programs at least one seminar in theoretical linguistics and to have developed competence in at least one foreign language beyond the intermediate level through an advanced course or an introductory literature course. 1. Language— An Introduction. An introduction to language and its multi­ faceted interaction with human thought and behavior. The first part o f the course will concentrate on the description of the internal structure o f language, providing a grounding in the principles o f structural linguistics, trans­ formational grammar, and semantic theory. The second part will turn from a description of internal structure to brief explorations into the role played by linguistic variables in psycholog­ ical processes and development, philosophical inquiry, socio-political interaction, and artistic creation. Spring semester. Bloom. 20. O verview of Transform ational Generative Grammar. A brief introduction to the theory o f trans­ formational generative grammar as developed by Noam Chomsky and others. Specifically designed to prepare students for Linguistics 108. No prerequisite. One-half or one credit. Fall semester. Linebarger. 25. Language, Culture, and Society. An investigation o f the influence of cultural context and social variables on verbal com­ munication. We will discuss theories o f lan­ guage acquisition and language change in light o f cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence. The course includes readings from the three major fields o f language and culture studies; ethnography of communication, sociolinguis­ tics, and sociology o f language. Language projects in the community are included. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/Anthro­ pology 25.) Fall semester. S. Williamson. 27. Philosophy of Language. (See Philosophy 27.) Not offered 1983-84. 34. The P syc h o lo gy of Language. An exploration into the ways in which the syntactic and meaning elements o f language are represented in the mind and into the effects these psycholinguistic structures may have on the way we think, with special emphasis on an DJoint appontment with Psychology. 131 Linguistics attempt to interpret philosophical and sociological (including feminist) views in terms of psychological theory and research and on cross-cultural perspectives. Fall semester. .Bloom. 52. Diachronic Linguistics. An introduction to historical linguistics: the reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages, the establishment o f language families and their interrelationships, and the examination of processes o f linguistic change on all levels, phonological, morphological, syntactic, and semantic. 56. Cognitive Patterns in Moral, Linguistic and Political Behavior. (Crosslisted as Psychology 56.) An investiga­ tion into the role played by cognitive dimen­ sions in influencing linguistic, moral, and political behavior, with emphasis on adoles­ cence and beyond. An attempt will be made to place the investigation within a framework provided by current trends in cognitive psy­ chology, existential philosophy, and linguistics and to draw on the implications o f these dimensions with respect to the relationship of the individual to the nation-state and the international system. Spring semester. Bloom. 61. Aphasia. The disruption o f language by brain damage is examined, with particular concern for any evidence that it may provide about localization o f language in the brain and the functional organization o f the language processing system. Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1 or Psychol­ ogy 3 or their equivalent. (Crosslisted as Psychology 61.) Fall semester. Linebarger. 93. Directed Reading o r Research. Students may conduct a reading or research program in consultation with the instructor (permission of the instructor required). Each semester. Staff. 96,97. Sen io r Paper. Both semesters. Bloom. Other courses of particular interest to students o f Linguistics: Chinese1B-2B. Introduction to M andarin Chinese. R u ssia n 16. H istory of the R u ssia n Language. French 20. H istory of the French Language. Creek 19. Com parative Gram m ar of Greek and Latin. SEMINARS 104. Human Nature and Culture: Convergent Perspectives. (see Sociology 104). Not offered 1983-84. 107. Language and Thought. An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic, psychological and philosophical approaches to the elusive interaction o f language and thought. Emphasis will be placed on developmental and cross-cultural perspectives, and students will be encouraged to undertake independent re­ search projects in their specific areas of interest. Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1, or Psychol­ ogy 3, or permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Bloom. 132 108. Syntactic Theory. A comparison of models of linguistic descrip­ tion with emphasis on recent developments in syntax and semantics. (Formerly Contempo­ rary Approaches to Descriptive Linguistics.) Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 and 20 or permis­ sion o f the instructor. Spring semester. Linebarger. 116. Philosophy of Language. (See Philosophy 116.) Not offered 1983-84. 180. Thesis. Each semester. Staff. Literature Coordinator: GEORGE C. AVERY The Literature major is administered by a Lit­ erature Committee representing the Depart­ ments o f Classics, English Literature, and Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic requirement for a major in Literature is work in two or more literatures in the original language. A student who intends to major in Literature will submit to the Literature Com­ mittee a proposed program of integrated work which sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken and the principle of coherence upon which the selection is based. The Committee will review the proposal and advise the student. Subject to the requirement o f serious study of at least two literatures in the original language, one o f which may be English, work in translation is encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic or comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular course, the Literature Commit­ tee will consider proposals for an individual or cooperative project, for one or more research papers written as course attachments, or for the substitution of a thesis for course credit when these projects have as their purpose either the integration o f work within the major or the relating o f work outside the major to some portion of the major. For a major in the Course Program the requirements are as follows: 1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more literature departments, including a substantial concentration o f work—normally not fewer than five courses—in one of the departments. Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics and Modern Languages and Literatures are counted as constituents of the Literature major. O f English courses numbered 2 through 10, only one may be counted for the major. The courses and seminars that compose the Literature major’s formal field will naturally differ with each major. Attention is called, however, to the following comparative offer­ ings presently listed in the Catalogue: CEL 13. M edieval Com parative Literature. CEL 14. M odern European Literature. English 34. R e n aissan ce Com parative Literature. 2. A senior essay planned early in the first semester o f the senior year. The senior essay counts for at least one credit, usually for two credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable scope or intensiveness in which a theme or result o f the student’s individual program of work is developed. In some cases the Commit­ tee may require that the essay be written in whole or in part in a language other than English. 3. A comprehensive examination taken in the second semester of the senior year. For a major in the External Examination (Honors) Program the requirements are as follows: Not fewer than five papers in Literature, including at least three in one department and significant work done in a foreign language, ancient or modern. Literature majors in the Honors Program are encouraged to include in their program a thesis with the purpose of integrating the work of the major in accord with the principle of coherence on which the program is based. Literature Majors in Course will meet with members o f the Literature Committee before the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess informally the student’s progress under his or her proposal of study. Majors in Course or in the External Examina­ tion Program are asked to submit to the Coordinator a prospectus of their thesis no later than two weeks after the beginning o f the student’s senior year. Prospective majors in Literature are urged to make their plans early so as to acquire the necessary linguistic competence by the junior year. English 48. M odern Drama. S A L 50. Contem porary Spa n ish A m erican Literature. English 53./French 75. Proust/Joyce. English 54. Proust, Joyce, Faulkner. English 55. The Rlack African Writer. English 115. M odern Com parative Literature. 133 Mathematics GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statistics and Acting Chairman (spring semester, 1984) EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor DAVID ROSEN, Professor J. EDWARD SKEATH, Professor and Chairmanf STEPHEN D. MAURER, Associate Professor^ CHARLES M. 6RINSTEAD, Assistant Professor IRENE MULVEY, Assistant Professor HELENE SHAPIRO, Assistant Professor^ DOMINIQUE HAUGHTON, Instructor Mathematics is one of the most powerful tools available to the physical, biological, and social sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim o f the Swarthmore Mathematics Department to en­ able those who so wish, to study mathematics as a discipline in its own right, while providing the skills and structural insights necessary to those in need o f its power. We live in a time when mathematics is cutting across more and more disciplines; there now exist such specialties as mathematical econom­ ics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical so­ ciology, mathematical psychology, and mathe­ matical biology, along with more traditional areas such as mathematical physics. Other relatively new disciplines such as Computer Science and Operations Research rely heavily on both mathematics and engineering. In recognition of this, the mathematics curriculum includes a wide variety o f courses in applica­ tions related areas in addition to the many courses in areas o f pure mathematics. More­ over, the Mathematics Department is quite interested in facilitating the creation of joint majors, and also in developing carefully worked out programs which involve a concentration in mathematics and some other discipline. Mathematics courses available to first semester freshmen with normal high school preparation include Math 1 (Statistics for Observational Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5 (Calculus I), and Math 7 (Introduction to Computer Science). Math 2 (Statistics for Experimental Data), Math 4 (Calculus Con­ cepts), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics) are available in the second semester, again with f Absent on leave, spring 1984. Absent on leave, 1983-84. 134 only normal high school preparation. Students with some calculus background from high school may take Mathematics 6 by passing the Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics 16 by passing the departmental Calculus II placement exam, or Mathematics 16H by passing the departmental Calculus II placement exam and receiving departmental approval. All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathematics 3, 5, 6, 16, or 16H are required to take the appropriate departmental placement exams given during freshman orientation. Programs for premedical students: Most medical schools require a year of college mathematics. Many require that one semester be calculus, and a few require the full year to be calculus. For a semester o f calculus most premedical students should consider Math 4 or 5. In addition, premedical students should consider the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second semester calculus course 6, the discrete mathe­ matics course 9, and the post-calculus statistics course 23. Sometimes medical schools will give credit for calculus taken in high school, but only if it is acknowledged on the college transcript, as an AP or placement credit. Programs for social science majors: Most leading graduate departments in the social sciences regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has had calculus, statistics, and computer experi­ ence. Economics graduate departments often go further, requiring a year o f calculus and hoping for much more: multivariate calculus, linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­ ity, operations research. Mathematics courses o f particular interest to social science students include: Elementary, 1, 2, 3, 4, 13; Intermedi­ ate, 5 ,6 ,7 ,9 ,1 6 ,1 8 ; Advanced, 2 3 ,3 0 ,4 1 ,5 3 , 61, 64. Programs for stiidents in Chemistry and Engineer­ ing: Students interested in Chemistry and Engineering might plan to take a minimum of Mathematics 5, 6, 18 and either 16 or 30, or (with proper Advanced Placement), Mathe­ matics 16,18, and 30. Other courses o f general interest to students in these areas include Mathematics 23, 41, 67, 81 and 82. Special interest courses include Mathematics 48,49, 67, 85 or related seminars. Programs for Physics majors: See Physics section for basic requirements. Other useful courses are Math 4 1 ,4 8 ,4 9 ,5 3 ,6 7 , and 85. Any o f the seminars listed could be appropriate as past of a mathematics minor. In addition, Math 81 ,8 2 can be taken as a seminar. Mathematics majors: The normal preparation for a major in mathematics consists o f the sequence o f Mathematics 5, 6, 16 and 18 (or with Advanced Placement 16 or 18). A student who wishes to major in mathematics in Course must complete a minimum o f five courses numbered 20 or above and the Senior Conference or the departmental comprehen­ sive examination, in addition to the normal sequence o f four courses just listed. An Honors candidate with a major in mathematics will normally take Math 101 and 102 in the junior year, and two other mathematics semi­ nars in the senior year. Mathematics majors are urged to study in some depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­ matics. All mathematics students are urged to acquire some facility with the computer. Stu­ dents bound for graduate school in mathema­ tics should obtain a reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian. Secondary accreditation: A Course or Honors major in mathematics will normally qualify a student for secondary school certification in mathematics. In view o f the impact o f compu­ ters on mathematics, the department urges prospective teachers to obtain a facility in the use o f computers. A student who is not a mathematics major can achieve certification b y taking the following courses: Math 5 and 6 and four more advanced courses such as 16, 18, 45 and 49. All persons asking for certification should register for a directed reading with the department in order to become familiar with mathematics texts that will be helpful in their teaching career. Statistics: Students who do not know calculus can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice determined by their intended major. Both courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate statistical analysis. Students who know calculus should take Math 23 and students with a strong background in mathematics can take the more theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math 5 7 on multivariate analysis. Students who want a seminar in statistics can take Math 111. Computer Science: The Departments o f Mathe­ matics and Engineering are working together on a curriculum in computer science. This curriculum will include the courses Math 7 and Math 9. 1. Sta tistic s for Observational Data. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using meth­ ods such as chi-square, rank correlation, and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from sample surveys and governmental data, and the course is intended for students in political science, sociology, and related disci­ plines making use o f observational data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­ requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Fall semester. Iversen. 2. S ta tistic s for Experimental Data. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using methods such as chi-square, rank correlation, analysis o f variance, and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from experimen­ tal research, and the course is intended for students in biology, psychology, and related disciplines making use o f experimental data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Spring semester. Iversen. 3. B a sic M athem atics. This course focuses on two objectives (1) 135 Mathematics review and remedial work, and ( 2) preparation for calculus. Some special attention will be given to those whose previous experience with mathematics has not been entirely prosperous. Prospective students should take the Basic Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably at the Math Exam time. (The results will be used to help determine both classroom topics and individual strengths and weaknesses.) Subject matter will be taken from logic, algebra, trigonometry, and geometry. Fall semester. Mulvey. 4. Calculus Concepts. This course, which covers the basic concepts of one variable calculus, is particularly useful for biology and social science majors. Topics to be included are sequences, series, differentiation, integration, transcendental functions, and extremal problems. Spring semester. Staff. 5, 6. C alculus I and II. The first semester will cover topics in differen­ tiation and integration o f functions o f one variable with some applications. The second semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics covered in the second semester include series, improper integrals, differential equations, and techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be taken in the fall semester by passing the departmental Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­ ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are required to pass the appropriate departmental placement exam. Students taking Math 5 or 6 in the fall semester are strongly urged to take the half credit attachment, Math 6A (cross listed as Physics 5, Economics 5), Computing from the User’s End, see course description below. 6A. Com puting from the U se r’s End. (Also listed as Physics 5 and Economics 5.) A practical introduction to computer use including interactive operating protocol, the BASIC language, and graphics and statistical packages. Assumes no prior background in computing or physics. One intensive lecture plus a workshop session per week; one-half credit course. Some o f the workshops will be included in regular Physics Labs. There will be a separate workshop stressing applications appropriate to Math 5 and 6 for students taking 6A but NOT taking Physics 1 or 3. Fail semester. Boccio. 136 7.lntroduction to Com puter Science. This course is intended to form the normal introduction to computer science for students interested in this discipline and also to offer an introduction to the computer for students in the natural sciences, engineering, and mathe­ matics. The course includes a survey o f the computer science field, with emphasis on detailed attention to algorithms and the struc­ turing o f programs. The approach will stress problem solving in general with programming implemented in a high level language. Fall semester. Staff. 9. Discrete Mathem atics. An introduction to noncontinuous methods in mathematics, this course is o f special value to students interested in computer science or applications of mathematics to the social and management sciences. Topics include sets, functions, number systems, induction, and an introduction to logic, counting methods, dif­ ference equations, finite probability, graph theory, and the algorithmic way o f thinking. This course will be taught at a level o f sophistication similar to Math 5 and 6 and may be taken before, during, or after calculus. Spring semester. Klotz. 13. M ultivariate Statistical A n a lysis. Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the course deals mainly with the study o f relation­ ships among three or more variables. Included are such topics as multiple regression analysis, with multiple and partial correlation, several variable analysis o f variance and the analysis of multidimensional contingency tables. The. course ends with an introduction to Bayesian methods. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4 or Psych 13. Alternate years. Fall semester 1983. Iversen. 16. Linear Algebra. The subject matter o f this course consists of vector spaces, matrices, and linear transforma' tions with application to solutions of systems o f linear equations, determinants, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6 or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II placement exam. Each semester. 16H. Linear Algebra H ono rs Course. This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who enter with BC Advanced Placement calculus courses. Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6 or a passing grade on the departmental Cab cuius II placement exam. Fall semester. Haughton. 18. Several Variable Calculus. This course considers differentiation and inte­ gration o f functions o f several variables with special emphasis on two and three dimensions. It is the normal sequel to Math 6 and is a prerequisite for several other mathematics courses. Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent. Each semester. 18H. Several Variable C alculus H on ors Course. This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who have successfully completed Math 16H. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 16H or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. 23. Statistics. This calculus-based introduction to statistics covers most o f the same methods examined in Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a higher mathematical level. The course is in­ tended for anyone who wants_an introduction to the application o f statistical methods. Prerequisite: Math 5. Fall semester. Iversen. 30. Differential Equations. An introduction to differential equations that includes such topics as: first order equations, linear differential equations, approximation methods, some partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 18 and 16 or permission of the instructor. Spring semester. 33. Foundations of Real A n a lysis. This course is designed to give the student an understanding o f basic theorems of calculus. The student is also expected to learn how to construct a mathematical proof. This course is recommended for students majoring in mathe­ matics in course and for students planning to major in mathematics in honors. Spring semester. 37. Num ber Theory. The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and the theory of multiplicative number theory will be developed. Potential secondary school teachers should find this course valuable. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. Alternate years, spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 41. Probability. This course deals with the mathematical theory and concepts o f probability including an introduction to stochastic processes. Prerequisite: Math 5, 18, or permission. Alternate years, fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 45. Geometry. Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­ ean geometry will be developed as special cases. Recommended for potential secondary school teachers. Alternate years. Fall semester 1983. Rosen. 48. T opics in Algebra. Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offering have included Algebraic Coding Theory, Groups and Representations. Alternate years. Spring semester 1984. 49. Introduction to M odern Algebra. The course will survey some o f die important topics o f modern algebra, such as groups, integral domains, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f the instructor. Alternate years, fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 137 Mathematics 53. Mathem atical Statistics. Based on probability theory, this course exam­ ines the statistical theory for the estimation of parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small and large sample properties of the estimators are studied. The course concludes with the study of models dealing with relationships between variables including chi-square and regression analysis. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18. Alternate years. Spring semester 1984. Iversen. 57. M ultivariate Statistics. Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the course deals mainly with statistical models for relationships between variables. The general linear model, which includes regression, vari­ ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory, and Bayesian statistics. Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53. Alternate years, fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 61.Modeling. An introduction to the methods and attitudes o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in natural science and engineering is already taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­ tions in this course will be primarily to social and biological sciences. Various standard meth­ ods used in modeling will be introduced: differential equations, Markov chains, game theory, graph theory, computer simulation. However, the emphasis will be on how to apply these subjects to specific modeling problems, not on their systematic theory. The format of the course will include projects as well as lectures and problem sets. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s permission. Alternate years, spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. 64. Mathem atical Program m ing. Linear Programming and its extensions: the simplex method, duality, assignment problems, network flows, two-person game theory, and an introduction to non-linear programming. Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there will be opportunities for computer imple­ mentation. A different perspective on mathe­ matical programming is available in Engi­ 138 neering/Economics 57, Operations Research. In comparison, Mathematics 6 4 is more ad­ vanced mathematically in that there is more emphasis on theory, and linear algebra is used to present it. However, Engineering 57 is more extensive in that engineering economics and probabilistic decision models are also covered, and case studies are involved. A student may take both courses; together they form a strong introduction to the theory and practice of optimization. Prerequisites for Math 64: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s permission. Alternate years. Spring semester 1984. Grinstead. 67. Num erical M ethods. This course will deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical problems, pure and applied. The computer will be used extensively. Also listed as Engineering 27. Prerequisite: Math 6 and Math 7 or E23 or equivalent. Alternate years, fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 70. Data Structures. Topics to be considered may include: Trees, lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and searching, garbage collection, applications of use in doing algorithms in computer science (parsing, efficient storage, and use o f sparse matrices, etc.) Not offered 1983-1984. 73. Algorithm s. The course considers the construction, analy­ sis, and theory o f algorithms for solving mathematical problems. This includes algo­ rithms for constructing all or random combina­ torial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­ tions), algorithms on graphs (graph coloring and shortest paths), and com plexity o f algorithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematics 64, Mathe­ matical Programming, and Mathematics 70, Data Structures, will be minimized by avoiding lengthy discussion o f algorithms studied in those courses. Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in mathematics and computing. Alternate years. Fall semester 1983. Grinstead. 81. Applied A n a ly s is I. Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier transform, orthogonal functions, introduction to Hilbert space, and operators. The motivation for these topics will be in partial differential equations arising in the physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 3 0 or permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. 82. Applied A n a ly s is II. Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue calculus, con­ formal mapping, and harmonic functions will be considered. The emphasis o f this course is on applications to the physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 18. Spring semester. 85. T op ics in A nalysis. Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offerings have included Differential Geometry, Functional Analysis. Prerequisite: Math 18. Alternate years. Fall semester 1983. Skeath. 93. Directed Reading. 96. Thesis. 97. Sen io r Conference. This half course is designed to give students an overview o f all o f their mathematics courses by solving a variety o f mathematical problems. When offered, this course replaces the depart­ mental comprehensive examination. Half course credit. Spring semester. SEMINARS 101a and b. Real A n alysis. This seminar concentrates on the careful study of the principles underlying the calculus o f real valued functions o f real variables. Fall semester 101a; Spring semester 101b. Mulvey. 102a and b. M odern Algebra. This seminar deals with the theoretical proper­ ties o f such formal systems as groups, rings, fields, and vector spaces. While these concepts will be illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of the subject. Fall semester 102a; Spring semester 102b. Klotz. 103. Com plex A n alysis. A brief study o f the geometry o f complex numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a complex variable. Various applications are given and some special classes o f functions, such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are also discussed. Alternate years, spring semester. Not offered 1983-84 . 104. Topology. The subject matter of this seminar will include such topics as point set topology with some applications, piecewise linear topology, homol­ ogy, and homotopy theory. Alternate years. Spring semester 1984 . 105. Probability. The purpose o f this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary for an understanding o f the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In addition, the modern devel­ opment of the subject provides a valuable application o f the concepts and techniques acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The topics treated may include: the axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correla­ tion and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and a short introduction to the theory o f statistical estimation. Alternate years. Fall semester 1983. Grinstead. 106. Com binatorics, Optimization, and Algorithm s. A selection, in seminar format and at a higher level o f sophistication, o f topics related to Math 9, 64, 70, and 73. The emphasis will depend on student interest. Possible topics are: advanced enumeration, combinatorial struc­ tures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs), optimi­ zation, game theory, social choice theory, theory o f computational complexity. If slanted towards combinatorics and theory o f algo­ rithms, this seminar will be o f special interest 139 Mathematics to those studying computer science. If slanted towards the other topics, it will be o f special interest to those studying mathematical economics. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Alternate years, fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. 140 111. Mathem atical Statistics. Properties o f random variables are studied together with ways of inferring about param­ eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is put on the study o f models for relationships between random variables. Alternate years, spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Medieval Studies Coordinator: BERNARD S. SM ITH This program offers an opportunity for a comprehensive study of European and Mediterranean civilization from the fourth century to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical importance for the understanding of Western culture, can be approached best through a combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature, History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course o f study which may be offered as a major in either the course Program or the External Examination (Honors) Program. For a major in the Course Program the requirements are as follows: 1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin 1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or 12) Either Religion 37 /Philosophy 19 or His­ tory 14 The prerequisites for the courses listed above are: Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory history course; Philosophy 1. 2. Five other courses chosen from three of the following fields: Art (15,16, 17). History (11,12,13, 14,15). Religion (35, 37). Literature (Classics 35; English 19, 20, 21, 31; CEL 13, French 20 and 30; Spanish 30). Music (15). Other courses appropriate to Medieval Studies that are from time to time included in departmental offerings. Directed readings in medieval subjects. 3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute for a course during the first semester of the senior year. 4. The student must pass a comprehensive examination in the senior year based on courses taken in the medieval field. The examination includes a section o f Latin translation. For a major in the Honors Program the requirements are as follows: 1. The student must satisfy the language and distribution requirements o f the program, as listed above, by appropriate courses or seminars. Some work in one or more o f the fields, included in the program must be done before admission to the Program. 2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­ ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy), History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art 117 (Gothic Art), English 102 (Chaucer and Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Littér­ ature du Moyen-Age). 3. By attachments to the courses listed above, and by writing a thesis, the student may expand the possibilty o f work in the Honors Program beyond these five sem­ inars. The minor program should be planned with the coordinator so as to insure a close relation to the major. No minor in Honors is offered. Students wishing to minor in subjects included in this field should take them as minors in the department in which they are normally offered. 141 Modera Languages and Literatures GEORGE C. AVERY (German), Professor GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor* PHILIP M ETZID A KIS (Spanish), Professor^ JEAN A SH M E A D PERKIN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1983-86 RORERT ROZA (French), Professor FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 0 -8 3 f f f EUGENE W ESER (German), Professor THOMPSON BRADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor M ARIO N J. FABER (German), Assistant Professor JOHN J. HASSETT (Spanish), Associate Professor GEORGE M O SK O S (French), Associate Professor*** and f SIM O N E VOISIN SM IT H (French), Associate Professor D KENNETH C. LUK (Chinese), Assistant Professor DARIA J. MONTERO— PAULSON ((Spanish), Assistant Professor ANNE FRYDMAN (Russian), Lecturer EVGENIYA L. KATSENELINBOIGEN (Russian), Lecturer M ARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer LI-CHING CHANG M A IR (Chinese), Lecturer ELKE PLAXTON (German), Lecturer BRIGITTE COTTE (French), Assistant The purpose of the major is to acquaint stu­ dents with the important periods and principal figures of the literatures taught in the Depart­ ment, to develop an appreciation o f literary values, to provide training in critical analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the relation­ ship between literary phenomena and the historical and cultural forces underlying the various literary traditions. In addition to demonstrated competence in the language, a foreign literature major will normally complete seven credits in literature courses or seminars, take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­ sive examination. Students whose interests lie primarily in language or civilization are advised to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in combination with Linguistics, History, or some other appropriate department. Students inter­ ested in studying literature in more than one language are encouraged to consider a Litera­ ture major. Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily Program Director, Hamilton Program in Madrid, 1983-84. □ Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Pro­ gram. f Absent on leave, spring semester 1984. 142 designed to help students acquire the linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary studies in a foreign language through work with the language and selected texts o f literary or general interest. For a detailed description of the orientation in these courses see the Explanatory Note on language courses below. Courses numbered 11 or above emphasize the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline as well as competence in the spoken and written language. Students who plan to major in a foreign language and its literature are advised to present sufficient credits on admission to enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year. Students who enter with no previous knowledge o f the language and are interested in majoring in a foreign literature should register for the inten­ sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman year. Language courses numbered IB through 5 *Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983. ***Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1983. f f f Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, spring semester, 1984. (8 in German) do not count toward the minimum o f eight credits required for the major. Students who wish to continue a language begun elsewhere will be placed at the course level where they will profit best according to their score in the College Entrance Examina­ tion or placement tests administered by the Department in the fall. Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­ tions to course requirements are made for those who show competence in the language of specialization. Students who speak French, German, Russian or 'Spanish fluently should consult with the Department before electing courses. Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­ guistics, or art history. The Department also recommends participation for a minimum o f a summer and a semester in an academic program abroad. Linguistically qualified students may apply to the Swarthmore Program at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This program is particularly suited for majors in the humanities and the social sciences. Students competent in Spanish should consider the Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­ more. Students on scholarship may apply scholarship monies to designated programs of study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Education Abroad, p. 52-54). Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­ cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish should plan on taking the regular program o f language and literature courses required for the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a course in the history o f the language offered in the Department. Appropriate supporting courses which broaden knowledge and under­ standing o f the foreign culture being studied are also recommended. Prospective teachers of a foreign language should plan to include a minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad in their academic program. Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the language of specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is often required for admission to advanced studies. Continental European and Spanish American Literatures (in translation) Students acquainted with a particular foreign language are urged to elect an appropriate iterature course taught in the original language. CEL/SAL courses provide students with the opportunity to study literature which they cannot read in the original. These courses may be used to satisfy the distribution require­ ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the departmental prerequisites for a major or minor in the original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL courses may form an appropriate part o f supporting upper-level work, part of a Litera­ ture Major, or they may serve as the basis of preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning programs where such considerations might apply should consult with the Depart­ ment. Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is offered each semester; these courses are an­ nounced before fall and spring registration. Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature in translation are listed after SAL 50. 12R. R u ssia n Thought and Literature in the Quest for Truth. The development o f Russian intellectual tradi­ tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and literature from the 18th century to the present. Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­ ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­ zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth centuries: philosophical and literary polemics within the framework o f current secular ideol­ ogies and religious thought. Russia and the West and the dream o f a Perfect World. Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy. 143 Modern Languages and Literatures 13R. The R u ssia n Novel. See Russian 13. 13. M ediaeval Com parative Literature. The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages, especially the epic (Roland, Cid, N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The Grail). Fall semester 1983. Perkins. 14. M odern European Literature. Contributions in theme and form to a European tradition o f modem fiction will be examined and compared in seminar format (presentation and critical discussion o f student papers). Authors will include Rilke, Doestoevsky, Thomas Mann, E. M. Forster, Italo Svevo, Kafka, and Malraux. Intended especially for freshmen and sophomores contemplating a Literature major. Limited enrollment. Spring semester 1984 . Avery. 206. The Germ an Novel Sin ce 1945. A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociological currents in East and West Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the end o f World War II as they appear in representative works o f prose fiction. Authors include Th. Mann, Boll, Gunter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson, Peter Handke and Christa Wolf. Lectures and discus­ sions in English. German majors will be required to read some o f the works in German. Not offered 1983-84. 25R. R u ssia n Folklore and R u ssia n Culture. A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis of literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their significance for the understanding o f the collective psychological dominants in Russian cultural outlook will be discussed. Special attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales, heroic epic, and lyric poetry with extensive use of comparative evidence from non-Russian folk traditions. Representative texts will be analyzed in class with active participation by students. Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy. 506. Stu d ie s in M odern German Literature. Under this course title topics will be offered from year to year that reflect the richness and variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­ 144 tries, against the background o f this century’s dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to be offered in subsequent years include: The Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modem German Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Women in Modern German Literature; German Ex­ pressionism, Austrian Writers o f the 20th Century; Nietzsche and his Literary Influence. In the fall, 1983, the topic will be: Literature and Film in Weimar Germany. An examination of German culture from 1919-33, this course will consider examples o f the rich and diversified literature o f the period as well as masterpieces o f German Expressionist cinema. In addition to aesthetic principles, the intellectual and political trends and sociological realities mir­ rored in this art will also be o f central interest. As necessary, there will be an extra class meeting bi-weekly for film viewing. Fall semester 1983. Faber. 30R. The P e tersburg Theme in R u ssia n Literature. Literary and historical perspectives o f the urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a social reality, demonic delusion, and myth. Alienation in the modem city, individual search for self-identification, and personal reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings and discussions based on works by Pushkin, Gogol, Chemyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular offering and may not be repeated in the foreseeable future. Spring semester 1984. Krugovoy. 50R. R u ssia n Literature and Revolutionary Thought. A study of continuity and change in the relationship between the major political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special attention will be given to the post-revolutionary literary and political strug­ gle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the 1960’s. Not offered 1983-84. Bradley. 5OS. S p a n ish Thought and Literature ot the Twentieth Century. The struggle between traditionalism and libera­ lism, its background and manifestations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn of the century through the Civil War to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo Jose Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo. Nor offered 1983-84. SA L 50. Contem porary Sp a n ish A m erican Literature. A consideration o f intellectual and social themes and artistic innovations which mark the coming into the mainstream of SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from the various national literatures. ARGENTINA: Borges, Cortázar; P ER U : Vargas Llosa; COLOMBIA: García Márquez; GUATEMA­ LA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Pedro; CUBA: Carpentier. Not offered 1983-84. tween society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Juan Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc­ tion with sociological patterns in contemporary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthropology 60. Spring semester 1984. Hassett and Muñoz. 34. ‘ R e n a issa n ce Com parative Literature. See English Literature 34. 48. ‘ M odern Drama. Offered 1983-84. SA L 60. Sp a n ish A m erican Society Through Its Novel. This course will explore the relationship be­ EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE COURSES: A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for students who begin their study o f the language in college and whose primary interest is the acquisition o f reading skills: 1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar with readings from the humanities (including literature), social sciences, and sciences. Classes meet three times per week and are conducted in English. May be used to prepare for fulfilling the reading requirement o f graduate schools but does not prepare students for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Students who start in the 1-2 sequence must complete 2 in order to receive credit for 1. However, students placing directly in 2 can receive credit for a single semester o f language work. B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B carry one and one-half credits per semester. Three semesters in this sequence are equivalent to two years o f work at the college level. Designed to impart an active command of the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and readings o f varied texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to speak the language. Recommended for students who want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f the language and who are interested in preparing for intermediate or advanced courses in litera­ ture taught in the original language. Students who start in this orientation can major in a foreign language and literature not studied previously. These courses (a) meet as one section for grammar presentation and in small groups for oral practice with a native speaker o f the language, and (b) may require periodic work in the language laboratory. Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence must complete 2B in order to receive credit for IB. However, students placing directly in 2B can receive one and one-half semester credits. Courses numbered 3B and 4B may be taken singly for one and one-half semester credits. Although no major in Chinese exists in either the course program or the External Examina­ tion Program, qualified students may prepare for one External Examination in the field of Classical Chinese Literature. 145 Chinese 1B-2B. Introduction to M andarin Chinese. An intensive introduction to written and spoken Mandarin Chinese. Specifically de­ signed to prepare students for continuing study in Taiwan, Hong Kong, or Middlebury Summer Language School. Luk and Mair. 3b, 4B. Seco n d-yea r M andarin Chinese. A two-semester course designed for students who have mastered over five hundred charac­ ters (8 0 0 words) and basic grammar and oral practice with writing and readings in modem Chinese literary and expository prose. Luk. 5,6. Third-Year Chinese. Concentrates on reading in Modern Chinese. Principal objective of these courses is to develop the ability to read a variety o f Modern Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary and journalistic materials. Emphasis is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary and thorough under­ standing o f grammatical patterns. Classes con­ ducted in Chinese, though oral translation into English is an important component o f students’ recitation. Luk. French French may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites for both Course students and Honors candi­ dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors in the Course and Honors Programs, as well as minors in the Honors Program are expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken and written French to do all o f their work in French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses and seminars, and all oral and written examina­ tions, including comprehensive and Honors examinations. Course majors are required to do Special Topics and to complete a comprehensive examination in the Spring semester o f their senior year. This examination is based on a reading list o f essential works from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may choose to prepare any two consecutive cen­ turies, plus one genre in any o f two other centuries, and they are expected to devise a suitable program o f study on this basis in the Fall semester o f the junior year. COURSES NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in French should plan their program in consultation with the Department. 1B-2B, 3B. Intensive French. For students who begin French in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. Prepares for intermediate and advanced courses in language or literature taught exclusively in French. Recommended for students who wish to acquire minimal linguistic competence for study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in France. See die explanatory note on language courses above as well as the description o f the Swarthmore program at the University of Grenoble under Education Abroad. 4B. Pratique Du Français. This course carries one and one-half credits and satisfies the prerequisites for intermediate and advanced courses taught in the original language, such as 12 or 16. Emphasis is on the consolidation o f grammatical principles with an aim to increasing the facility to write and speak the language through work with formal grammar, selected readings o f literary or Modem Languages and Literatures general interest, newspaper and magazine arti­ cles, radio programs, film stirps, etc. Recom­ mended for students who wish to study abroad at the university level. Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent. Fall semester. Roza and Cotte. 5A. French Conversation. A half-credit conversation course concentrating on the development o f the students’ ability to speak French. Spring semester. Cotte. 10. Im age s de la France. philological details. Texts of the various periods will be analyzed intensively. The course will be given in English; students must have a reading knowledge of French. This course will satisfy the linguistics requirement for a teacher certifica­ tion and may be used for a Medieval Studies major. Spring semester, 1984. Perkins. 25. L’Ancien Regime. 28. La France Contemporaine. A study o f events and ideas which have shaped French society from the 19th century to the present. Selected French works in history, political science, sociology and literature. Smith. Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­ long struggle for human values. May include literary works depicting life or events in a given period (e.g. Les Diet« ont Soif—the period of revolutionary terror) but emphasis is on social, political, and artistic highlights rather than belles lettres as such. Readings and discussions in French. Not offered 1983-84. 43. Le Théâtre. 12.lntroduction to Literary Studies. 50. An analytical approach to French literature through the study of particular genres or specific modes of expression. Selected works from Moliere to Beckett. Prerequisite: French 4B, a score o f 675 on the College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­ lent with special permission. Each semester. Smith. 15. Freshm en Seminar. 30. Littérature du M oyen-Age. 35. L’Hum anism e de la Renaissance. 42. Le C lassicism e . Le Roman avant la Révolution. 60. Le Roman du 19e Siècle. 61. Romantisme. 65. Raudelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarm é, Apollinaire. 70. Théâtre Moderne. Major trends in 20th century drama from Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco. Fall semester, 1983. Roza. For freshmen only. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: a score o f675 or above in French, and satisfactory performance in the Placement Exam for Literature courses administered during Freshman Orientation. Fall semester. Tafoya. 72. Le Roman du 20e Siècle. 16. Studies in Stylistics. 73. Littérateurs Engagés. For majors or those who wish an advanced course to develop self-expression in the written and oral language. Original compositions are based on a stylistic study o f texts by representa­ tive French authors from the 17th century to the present. Prerequisite: French 4B, 12, or the equivalent with special permission. Each semester. Smith. A study o f the literature o f commitment before and after World War II. Principally an exami­ nation o f the literary manifestations o f French Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others. Tafoya. 20. H istory of the French Language. The French section offers a series o f advanced survey courses (numbered 80-83), covering the 17th, 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. These courses are designed to familiarize all qualified The development o f the French language from its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis will be placed more on general patterns than on 71. Poésie Contemporaine. From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and Saint John-Perse. Spring semester 1984. Roza. 74. Le Nouveau Roman. 75. P roust and Joyce. 147 Modem Languages and Literatures and interested students with the major literary movements, authors, and works of each century in their historical context. They are especially useful in preparing majors for senior compre­ hensive examinations. All these are advanced courses which both satisfy the distribution requirements and count towards the major. Prévost Rousseau, Diderot, Laclos. Fall semester, 1983. Perkins. 80. Littérature du 17e Siècle. 91. Special T opics (for se n io r majors). Fall semester 1984. Smith. 81. Littérature du 18e Siècle. This survey course concentrates on the fol­ lowing major aspects: Les Philosophes: Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. Le Théâtre: Marivaux, Beaumarchais. Le Roman: 82. Littérature du 19e Siècle. Spring semester 1985. Moskos. 83. Littérature du 20e Siècle. Spring semester 1984. Roza. Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students. Spring semester. 93. Directed Reading. 94. Thesis. SEMINARS Preparation of topics for External Examinations (Honors) may be done by appropriate courses plus attachments only when seminars are not available. Students preparing for External Examinations should consult with the De­ partment on the suitability and availability of attachments. 100. Littérature du Moyen-Age. Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and romance. Perkins. 101. La Renaissance. Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­ varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from Marot through the Pléiade. Smith. 103. L’Age des Lum ières. Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau. Perkins. 104. Stendhal et Flaubert. Tafoya. 105. Proust. Style and vision in La Recherche du Temps perdu. Roza. 106. P oésie Sym boliste. From Baudelaire to Apollinaire. Roza. 108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle. Major innovations in form and theme from Gide and Proust to the New Novel. Fall semester i983-Roza. 102. Le Théâtre Classique. 109. Le Romantisme. 1%Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study of "the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2. Molière. Smith. Moskos 180. Thesis. German German may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the 148 introductory departmental statement. W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­ struction in courses numbered 11 and above is German. Students are expected to have- a sufficient command o f the language to be able to participate in class discussions and do written work in German. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in German should plan their program in consultation with the Department. All courses listed under Groups I and II are open to students after either German 11 or 12. The courses listed under Group II are offered on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in Course are required to select a minimum of four courses from Group II. 1-2. German Reading and Translation. For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f German grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This two-semester course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Avery. 1B-2B, 3B. Intensive German. For students who begin German in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 8, 11 or 12. 1B-2B. Weber and Plaxton. 3B. Fall semester. Avery and staff. 4. Interm ediate German. For entering students with high school language training equivalent to 3B. Review of grammar, literary readings of moderately difficult texts, such as Brecht’s Gedichte, Diirrenmatt’s Die Physiker, Kleist’s Marquise von O. Regular written assignments. Normally followed by German 8, 11, or 12. Admission contingent upon departmental testing or permission of the instructor. Fall semester. Faber. 8. Writing and Speaking German. Oral discussions and writing practice based on general and literary topics o f contemporary interest. For students who want to consolidate their skills o f expression. Recommended for German majors. Can be taken concurrently with German 11 or 12. Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, or by departmental placement test. Spring semester. Avery. GROUP I 11. Introduction to German Literature (early 20th century). translation, at first theoretically, and subse­ quently—and primarily—through practice in translating texts from various fields within the humanities from German into English. In the second half o f the course, students will pursue individual projects in consultation with the instructor. This course does not count towards the major. Prerequisite: German 2, 3B, or the equivalent. Not offered 1983-84. An introductory course which emphasizes critical and analytical reading of literature. Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from the beginning o f the 20th century, including works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and Brecht. Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, 8 or equivalent work. Spring semester. Avery. 50. Die Deutsche Lyrik. 12. Introduction to German Literature (The Age of Goethe). Readings in the major German poets. Not offered 1983-84. An introduction to German literature through close reading o f selections from the second half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th century. Representative works o f Lessing, Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics. Fall semester. Faber. 63. Goethe’s F a u st 13. Translation: Theory and Practice. This course aims at exploring the act of An intensive study of Faust I and II. Offered 1983-84. Weber. 83. Kafka and Brecht. A study o f the principle works o f each author with emphasis on the emergence o f major themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­ manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and 149 Modern Languages and Literatures Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be considered in the context o f the authors* cultural and social environment. Not offered 1983-84. GROUP II 60. Aufklaerung und Sturm und Drang. The German Enlightenment and various reac­ tions to it. Authors read include Geliert, Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe, and the early Schiller. Not offered 1983-84. Weber. 62. W eim arer K lassik . Major writings o f the authors associated with the Weimar Court from the time o f Goethe’s arrival in 1775. An investigation in the main of the works and concerns o f the later Goethe, Schiller, and Herder. Not offered 1983-84. 70. Die Deutsche Romantik. See German 105 below. 80. K la s s ik e r der Moderne. A study o f German literature from the begin­ nings of Modernism through World War I. Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George, Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas Mann. Fall semester. Avery. 82. Literatur d e s zw a n zigste n Jahrhunderts. German literature from the twenties to the present with emphasis on the continuity o f the modern tradition under the impact of political exile and World War II. Authors include Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West Germany. Not offered 1983-84. Avery. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 52. D a s Deutsche Drama. A study o f German drama, concentrating on the modern period and including also an examination o f opera as drama. Readings include plays by Brecht, Buchner, Hauptmann, Kaiser, Schiller, and Wedekind as well as the libretti to the following operas: Mozart’s Die Zauberflote, Wagner’s Tristan und Isolde, and Berg’s Wozzek. Fall semester. Weber. 72. Literatur d e s neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric poetry from the end o f Romanticism through the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings include selections from essayistic writings reflecting contemporary thought. Not offered 1983-84. 84. Rilke, Hofmannsthal, George. 105. Die Deutsche Romantik. Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thought, and the arts in the first third o f the 19th century. Authors include Tieck, Novalis, H5lderlin, Kleist, Brentano, Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine. Also offered as a course. See 70. Offered ig 8y 84 .Faber. 107. M oderne Prosa. The development o f German prose narrative since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Doblin, Karl Kraus, and R. Walser. Offered 1983-84. Russian Russian may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are: Russian 6, 11, 12, and 13, or equivalent work. 150 Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory department statement. NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in Russian should plan their program in consultation with the Department. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. discussions in Russian. Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen. 1-2. R u ssia n Reading and Translation. 19th and 20th century Russian literature to 1918, and its place within European literature. Realism and literary tendencies in the first two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver Age of Russian poetry. Lectures and discussions in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy. For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This course is designed especially for those students in the Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read and translate scholarly, scientific materials in the original. Bradley. 1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Russian. For students who begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study of grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 6, 11, and 12. 6. Advanced Russian. For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command o f language. Ad­ vanced conversation, composition, translation, and stylistics. Readings include short stories and newspapers. Conducted in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy. 12. Introduction to R u ssia n Literature. 13. The R u ssia n Novel. Continuity and change in the development of the novel in the 19th century and in the post­ revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in English. Russian majors will be required to read a part o f the material in Russian. Fall semester. Bradley. 16. H istory of the R u ssia n Language. An introductory course. A study o f the origin o f the Russian language and its place among the other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­ guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of literary texts. Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher certification. Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy. 11. Introduction to R u ssia n Literature. Old Russian literature and its place within European literature. 18th century: Classicism and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­ cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry. Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and 91. Special Topics. (For senior majors.) Study o f individual authors, selected themes or critical problems. 93. Directed Reading. SEMINARS 101. Tolstoy. 106. R u ssia n Drama. 102. R u ssia n Sh o rt Story. 107. R u ssia n Lyrical Poetry. Spring semester 1984. Bradley. 108. M odern R u ssia n Poetry. 103. Pushkin and Lermontov. 109. Chekhov. 104. Dostoevsky. Fall semester 1983. Frydman. 105. Literature of the Soviet Period. 151 Modern Languages and Literatures Spanish Spanish may be offered as a major in the Course Program but not as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites for Course students are as follows: Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in the language and to pass all oral comprehensive examinations in Spanish. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major in Spanish should plan their program in consultation with the Department. 1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Spanish. For students who begin Spanish in college. Designed to impart an active command of the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 5, 11, or 13. 5. Com position and Diction. For majors and others who wish advanced courses in which the emphasis is not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve both oral and written self-expression in the language. Each semester. Fall semester, Hassett. 7. Fonética Española. A course designed to improve the individual student’s pronunciation o f Spanish and to acquaint him with its phonetic and phonolog­ ical makeup. Extensive work in the language laboratory. Spring semester, 1984. Staff. 11. Introduction to Sp a n ish Literature. A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla, Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers. Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or special permission. Fall semester. Montero-Paulson. 13. Introduction to Sp a n ish Am erican Literature. A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, 152 and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva, Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda, Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, García Márquez). Discussions, papers. Spring semester. Hassett. NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the courses in literature that follow. 42. La Poesía del Renacim iento y del S ig lo de Oro. From the Romancero through the Baroque. Special emphasis on Garcilaso de la Vega, Herrera, Fray Luis de León, San Juan de la Cruz, Lope de Vega, Quevedo and Góngora. Fall semester 1984 . Metzidakis. 44. Cervantes. The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis on the Quijote. Spring semester, 1985. Metzidakis. 70. La Generación del 98. Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorin, Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente and Antonio Machado. Fall semester 1983. Montero-Paulson. 71. Literatura Española Contemporánea. Major figures o f the 20th century not covered in Spanish 70: Juan Ramón Jimenez, Garcia Lorca, Alberti, Salinas Guillén and Hernandez among the poets; novels by Cela and Delibes; the theater of Casona and Sastre. Spring semester 1984. Montero-Paulson. 75. Teatro H ispanoam ericano Contemporáneo. After a brief introduction to the origins o f Spanish American theatre this course will focus principally on representative works by some o f the most important figures o f twentieth century Spanish American Theatre. Our selec­ tion o f dramatists will include Florencio Sánchez, Rodolfo Usigli, René Marque's, Egon Wolff, Emilio Carballido, Carlos Solórzano, and Enrique Solary Swayne. Spring semester 1985. Hassett. 77. La Novela H ispanoam ericana del Siglo XX. 91. Special Topics. Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. Topic for Spring 1985: The works o f Federico Garcia Lorca. Open to all students with previous experience in Spanish or Spanish American Literature. Spring semester 1984. Montero-Paulson. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 30. La Literatura Medieval. Novels by Juan Rulfo, Carlos José Donoso, Mario Fuentes, Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez, and Manuel Puig. Fall Semester 1984. Hassett. 40. El Teatro del Renacim iento y del S ig lo de Oro. 79. El Cuento Hispanoam ericano. 72. La Novela Española de la Posguerra. The Spanish American short story from the early 19th century to the present. Representa­ tive authors include Echevarría, Carrasquilla, Payró, Lillo, Portillo y Rojas, Roa Bastos, Borges, Bioy Basares, Rulfo Cortázar, and others. Fall semester 1983. Hassett. 73. Unamuno. 60. La Novela en el S ig lo XIX. 74. Literatura Española de Posguerra. 76. La Poesía H ispanoam ericana en el S ig lo XX. 78. La Novela M exican a So cia l del S ig lo XX. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM Although the Spanish section can not now prepare students for External Examinations, students interested in such a possibility should make their wishes known to the section. 153 Music PATRICIA W ITYK BOYER, Professor o f Dance and Director of the Dance Program! J A M E S D. FREEMAN, Professor and Chairman PETER GRAM SWING, Professori GERALD LEVINSON, Assistant Professor ANN KO SAKO W SKI M cNAM EE, Assistant Professor! YIN AM LEEF, Lecturer DOROTHY K. FREEMAN, Associate in Performance (Music) PAUL K LOCK E, Associate in Performance (Dance)*** KAREN MEYERS, Associate in Performance (Music) GEOFFREY MICHAELS, Associate in Performance (Music) CAROLYN REICHEK, Associate in Performance (Dance) PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance) ROBERT M. SMART, Associate in Performance (Music) M A R K TAYLOR, Associate in Performance (Dance)** The study of music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history, and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses train the student to work with musical material, to understand modes o f organization in composition and to evolve methods of musical analysis. History courses introduce students to methods o f studying the develop­ ment o f musical styles and genres, and the relationship o f music to other arts and areas of thought. The Department encourages students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in the band, chorus, early music ensemble, orchestra, and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The Department also assists instrumentalists and singers to finance the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be granted under the provisions for Creative Arts. Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission, from the department and the Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus reducing the normal number o f courses to be taken per semester. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for f Absent on leave, Spring 1984. !Absent on leave, 1983-84. **Fall semester, 1983. 154 acceptance as a major. Majors will normally take five semester courses in theory (including Music 15), 16, or 17), three semester courses in history (including Music 20 and either 21 or 22) and meet the basic piano requirement. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: A student intending to major in the Honors Program will normally stand for four papers in music. The Department strongly recommends that one paper be a thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also all history courses, can be used as the basis of a paper when augmented by a concurrent or subse­ quent attached unit o f additional research, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial. Minors in the Honors Program: A student intending to minor in the Honors Program will normally stand for two papers in music. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for a minor. Music 2 may, with permission o f the Depart­ ment, be substituted for the theory prerequi­ site. Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology. Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music will be expected to play a keyboard instrument well enough by their senior year to perform at sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. The department recommends that majors take one or two semesters o f Music 42 to develop these skills. Students with exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, or in singing, will not be expected to meet the performing standards of pianists. The basic piano program: This program is designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study, also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores planning to major in music. No academic credit is given for basic piano. Special scholarships and awards in music include: The Presser Foundation Scholarship: See p. 29. The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scholarships: See p. 63. Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships: See p. 63. The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 61. The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p. 24. The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship: See p. 31. CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE Band, Chamber Music, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Orchestra Students may take Performance Chorus (Music 43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­ formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45), Performance Band (Music 46), or Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with permission o f the Department member who has the responsibility for that performing group. The amount o f credit received will be a half-course in any one semester and usually will be granted only to students participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit will fulfill requirements established for each activity, i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and performances and participation in any supplementary classes held in connection with the activity. Students will be graded on a credit/no credit basis. Individual Instruction (Music 48) Music Majors and members o f the Band, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they wish, take lessons for credit. Members o f the Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members o f the Band, Early Music Ensemble, and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on their primary instrument. Students who are not Music Majors and are not in any of the performing organizations listed above may take lessons for credit if they are concurrently enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition course offered by the Music Department. Pianists who are not Music Majors and who are not enrolled in a History or Theory/Compo­ sition course offered by the Department may qualify for Music 48 by taking part in the Department’s Program for Accompanists. The Department expects such pianists to give at least three hours a week to the Program. A student applying for Individual Instruction will first demonstrate to the Department ability to undertake such study at least at an intermediate level. The student will arrange to work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the approval o f the Department, which will then supervise the course o f study and grade it on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and student will submit written evaluations, and the student will perform for a j ury at the end o f the semester. The Department will then decide if the student should receive credit, and if the student can re-enroll. The Department will pay one-quarter the cost o f eight lessons for all students enrolled, except that Music Majors and section leaders in the Chorus and Orchestra will receive two-thirds 155 Music the cost o f eight lessons, up to a maximum of $133 per semester. All students enrolled in Music 48 are strongly encouraged to perform in student chamber music concerts and to try out for concertos with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus. C O U R S E S A N D S E M IN A R S 1. Introduction to M usic. A course designed to teach intelligent listening. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students without prerequisite. Not offered in 1983-84. Offered Spring semester 1985. 2. Introduction to M usic. A course that approaches listening and analysis through concentration on musical fundamen­ tals: reading notation and developing or ex­ panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm, structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students without prerequisite. Spring semester. Freeman. 3. W o rd s and M usic. An introduction to music and to elements of music theory through a study o f the relation­ ship o f words and music in various genres from the middle ages to the present: chant, motet, 1 madrigal, cantata, Mass, oratorio, song, opera, and tone poem. Open to all students without prerequisite. Not offered 1983-84. 6. J. S. Bach. An introduction to his career as composer and performer through readings and through study o f his compositions in representative genres. The course emphasizes training in informed listening. Open to all students without prerequisite. Fall semester. Swing. 8. M u s ic of the O rient Introduction to music and musical theories of the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in special fields will meet with the class at appropriate intervals. Open to all students without prerequisite. Spring semester. Levinson. T H E O R Y A N D C O M P O S IT IO N Students who anticipate taking further courses in the Department or majoring in Music are urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible. Placement exams are given each year at the first meeting o f that course for students who feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors will normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and 15,16, or 17 in successive years. 11-12. Harm ony and Counterpoint 1. Written musical exercises include composition o f original materials as well as commentary on excerpts from the tonal literature. Listening assignments coordinated with written work. Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional notation, major/minor scales, ability to play or sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef. Year course. Leef. 13-14. H arm ony and Counterpoint II. Continued work with the tonal literature at an 156 intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected works with assignments derived from these works. Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent). Year course. Levinson. 15. Harm ony and Counterpoint III. Detailed study o f a limited number o f works both tonal and non-tonal, with independent work encouraged. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent). Spring semester. Levinson. 16. Schenker. An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An extension o f traditional analytical techniques, incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice leading, counterpoint, and harmony. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent). Not offered 1983-84. Offered 1985. 17. H istory of M u s ic Theory. A survey o f primary sources (in translation) from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg. Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent). Not offered 1983-84. Offered 1985. 19. Composition. Both semesters. Levinson, HISTORY OF MUSIC 20. M edieval and R e n aissan ce M usic. The study of medieval and renaissance music beginning with Gregorian chant and ending with the music o f Josquin Desprez. The course is also concerned with the relationship of music to the art and thought o f the times, and the function o f music in the Roman Catholic liturgy. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Fall semester. Swing. 21. Baroque and C la ssic a l M usic. Topics in music of the 17th and 18th centuries. In 1983 the course, run as a seminar, studied music by Purcell, Handel, and Haydn as performed in the city o f London, along with the political and social conditions governing commissions and performances. Not offered in 1983-84. Offered in Spring semester 1985. 22. Nineteenth-Century M usic. Beethoven through Wagner, Brahms, and Mahler. A study of Romanticism in music, stylistic characteristics and historical premises. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Spring semester. Freeman. 23. Twentieth-Century M usic. An examination o f a selected group o f com­ positions and o f their historical and theoretical premises. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Fall semester. Levinson. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Not offered 1983-84. Offered in Fall semester 1985. 31. Opera. An examination o f the problems and relation­ ship o f opera and drama. Scenes from two or three operas will be prepared, staged, and studied in detail. Other operas from various periods will be examined in terms o f the musico-dramatic problems encountered in the prepared scenes. Prerequisite: Some vocal, dramatic or instru­ mental ability. Not offered 1983-84. 32. H istory of the String Quartet. This course traces the development of the string quartet from the middle o f the 18th century to the present through study and (wherever possible) performance o f selected works. Open to students with permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1983-84. Offered in 1985. 33. Lieder. A study, through performance and analysis, of various solutions by various composers to the problems o f relating text and music. Students should be moderately proficient either as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German is desirable. Not offered 1983-84. 30. W.A. Mozart. 39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticism and Reviewing. A study o f representative works in the light of modern style criticism. A reading knowledge of French or German is desirable. This course, to be administered by the depart­ ment and taught by guest lecturers who are prominent in the field of reviewing, will cover 157 Music instrumentally or vocally is required. Not offered 1983-84. various aspects o f writing about the perform­ ance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the special problems of relating performance to the written word. Not offered 1983-84. 92. Independent Study. 60. Projects in Perform ance. Special work in composition, theory, or history. One or two credits. A study o f chamber repertoire.. Performance practice and problems in music o f various styles will be examined in terms of analysis, research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform 93. Directed Reading. 95. Tutorial. 96. Se n io r Thesis. One or two credits. Fall and spring semesters. P E R F O R M A N C E (M U S IC ) NOTE: All performance courses are for half­ course credit per semester. See p. 49 and p. 155 for general provisions governing work in performance under the provisions for Creative Arts. 40. Elements of M usicianship. Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation. Open to all students and may be taken with or without credit. Both semesters. Meyers. 41. Conducting. Not offered 1983-84. 42. Figured B a s s and S c o re Reading. Both semesters. Smart. 43. Perform ance (chorus). Fall semester. Swing. Spring semester. Smart. 44. Perform ance (orchestra). Both semesters. Michaels. 45. Perform ance (early m u sic ensemble). Both semesters. Meyers. 46. Perform ance (band). Both semesters. Leef. Students taking Music 47 for credit should submit to the Department at the beginning of the semester a repertory o f works to be rehearsed, coached, and performed during the semester. They should include the names o f all students who have agreed to work on the repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have agreed to work with them, and the proposed dates for performance. A student taking Music 47 for credit will rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two hours every week and will meet with a coach at least every other week. All members o f the group should be capable o f working well both independently and under the guidance of a coach, also capable o f giving a performance of high quality. It is not necessary for every person in the group to be taking Music 47 for credit, but the Department assumes that those taking the course for credit will assume responsibility for the group, making sure that the full group is present for regular rehearsals and coaching sessions. 48. Perform ance (individual instruction). Both semesters. 47. Perform ance (cham ber music). Both semesters. D. Freeman. DANCE PROGRAM Dance, a program within the Department of Music, shares the Department philosophy that courses in theory and history should be 158 integrated with performance. Serious dance students are urged to supplement their study with appropriate courses in music, theater and other related disciplines. In a typical semester over twenty hours of dance technique classes are offered on graded levels with a variety o f approaches. Technique courses, numbered 1 through 5, receive no academic credit but may be substituted for required physical education. Advanced dancers are encouraged to audition for the performing group, The Swarthmore College Dancers. The group meets three times weekly for class (Dance 40 Performance Dance) and performs several times during the year. 1. Introduction to Dance. A course in dance technique with emphasis on alignment and movement analysis and includes introductory theory o f dance as an art form. The class meets three hours weekly and is a prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for all dance courses except Dance 23. Each semester. Staff 2. Beginning Ballet. Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior training). Each semester. Klocke, Taylor. 3. Interm ediate/Advanced Ballet. expand individual movement vocabulary and work with others as a part o f a cohesive ensemble. The class meets three hours weekly and receives one half course credit. Spring semester. Sepinuck. 11. Dance Com position I. A study o f the principles o f dance composition through exploration o f the elements o f dance movement invention and improvisation, de­ velopment and movement themes, and chor­ eographic structure. Students will be expected to read, create movement studies, and chor­ eograph a full length dance as a final project. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. Fall semester. Taylor. 11a. Dance Composition. One half course credit may be awarded to those students who have previously taken Dance 11 or the equivalent and who choreograph a work which is performed at a public concert. Weekly consultations with the instruction will be required. Each semester. Taylor. 12. Dance Com position IL A continuation o f Dance Composition I. Fall semester. Taylor. Prerequisite: Dance 2 (or equivalent prior training). Each semester. Klocke, Taylor. 23. Twentieth Century Dance. 4. Interm ediate Dance Technique. Not offered 1983-84. Approaches to various styles o f dance tech­ nique. Each semester. Staff. 39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticism and Reviewing. 5. High Interm ediate Dance Technique. 40. Perform ance (Dance). Each semester. Staff. 9. Dance Repertory. Not offered 1983-84. 10. Dance Im provisation. This course is geared to improvisation both as a performance technique and as a tool for dance composition. It gives the student a chance to (See Music 39). This course includes dance technique on the advanced level, basics of production, and performance. One half course credit may be received each semester with participation in scheduled performances. Admission by audi­ tion or invitation o f the dance faculty. Each semester. Staff. 159 Philosophy HUGH M. LACEY, Professor* H A N S F. OBERDIEK, Professor and Chairman RICHARD SCHULDENFREI, Professor CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor RO SEM ARY M. R. DESJARDINS, Assistant Professor RICHARD ELDRIDGE, Assistant Professor Students majoring in philosophy must com­ plete at least one course or seminar in each of these areas: (1) Logic, (2 ) Ancient or Modern Philosophy, and (3 ) Moral or Social Philoso­ phy. Prospective majors should complete the Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery o f at least one foreign language is strongly recommended. Students majoring in the Course Program may be required to elect Philosophy 97. 1. Introduction to Philosophy. Philosophical literature and methods o f inves­ tigation are introduced through discussion of typical philosophical problems, such as: the problem o f freedom, the arguments for the existence o f God, the nature o f logic and mathematics, the sources and limits o f human knowledge, the justification o f moral judg­ ments. Readings include classical and current sources. Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite for all other philosophy courses except Logic. Each semester. Staff. f 1. Ethics. A study o f the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works of leading ethical philosophers, both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations of the major theories. Fall semester. Oberdiek. 12. Logic. An introduction to the principles of deductive logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­ tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­ lems are also studied. Fall semester. Eldridge. 13. M odern Philosophy. 17th and 18th-century sources o f current \Absent on leave, 1983-84. 160 philosophical problems o f knowledge, free­ dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from central texts of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant. Fall Semester. Raff. 14. Ancient Philosophy. A study o f selected work representing the thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on understanding and critically evaluating their teachings on fundamental issues o f meta­ physics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as these have shaped our subsequent Western civilization. Spring semester. Desjardins. 16. Philosophy of Religion. See Religion 14. 17. Aesthetics. How can we we tell which things are worth the special sort o f attention which we often devote to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Do all art works have some property—such as signifi­ cant form or beauty—in common? Or can any­ thing at all be a work o f art? What sorts of things ought we to do with works o f art, and what things ought they to do for us? W e will attempt to answer these questions by consider­ ing views about the nature and function of works o f art held by such philosophers as Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention will be paid to twentieth century painting and to the writings o f such critics as Clement Greenbert, Harold Rosenberg, and Michael Fried. Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge. 18. Philosophy of the So cia l Sciences. The course will be concerned with the philo­ sophical problems which arise in the attempt to study and understand man. Typical issues will be the relation of facts to values, empirical evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural forces. An attempt will be made to show how patterns o f response to these issues reflect conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in general bring out the substantive implications o f methodology. Fall semester. Schuldenffei. 19. M edieval Philosophy. Not offered 1983-84. 21. So cial and Political Philosophy. This course will be primarily concerned with issues in the philosophical foundations of modern democracy. The nature and justifica­ tion o f democracy, as well as tolerance, liberty, and community will be considered. The "ex­ ceptional” character o f American democracy may also be discussed. Classical sources may be used for background, but the bulk o f the reading will be o f 19th- and 20th-century sources, such as J.S. Mill, de Tocqueville, Schumpeter, Dahl, and MacPherson. Spring semester. Schuldenffei. 23. Contem porary Philosophy. See Philosophy 104. Not offered 1983-84. Raff. 24. Theory of Knowledge. Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in epistemology surveyed as treatments o f prob­ lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority, truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory, objectivity. Readings from both current and traditional theorists. Spiring semester. Raff. 26. Philo so phy of Language. In the twentieth century, philosophers have paid a great deal o f attention to what bits o f language mean, what structure they have, and how they have acquired the meanings and structures they have. Are there any good reasons for their doing this? Can traditional philosophical problems—such as whether things have essences and what we can know— be solved by paying attention to what words mean? These questions will be approached by considering various theories o f the meanings of proper names, theories o f the meanings of complicated sentences stating the results of scientific experiments, and theories o f the meanings o f philosophical theses. Ordinary language philosophy and the relevance of linguistics to psychology and the theory of knowledge will be touched on. Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge. 27. M etaphysics. An exploration o f selected topics arising out of traditional philosophical questions: What is there in the world? How do we know? Where does language fit in? Against the historical background of modern rationalism and empiri­ cism, the course will focus especially on the critical approaches o f Kant and Wittgenstein which have so affected contemporary thought. Fall semester. Desjardins. 28. M a rx ist Philosophy. Not offered 1983-84. 29. Ninefeenth-Century Philosophy. By the nineteenth century, history seemed to show that the use in philosophy o f various a priori methods simply breeds disagreement about what is right and what we know. As a result, nineteenth-century philosophers began to use historical methods, hoping to establish the natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing how views about these topics emerge and evolve in a culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if we can understand it. Whether historicism as a method is compatible with objectivism about such topics as knowl­ edge, morality, the existence o f God, and the nature o f the self will be studied by examining the historicist treatments of these topics put forward by Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche. Spring semester. Eldridge. 34. V alues and Ethics in Scie n ce and Technology. (Also listed as Engineering 34 .) See Engineering 34. Spring semester. Barus and Oberdiek. 38. Philosophy of Science. The course will focus on issues connected with the nature and verification o f scientific theories. Special treatment will be given to the nature of scientific change, growth, and development, giving an historical emphasis to the course. Not offered 1983-84. Lacey. 39. Phenom enology and Existentialism . Not offered 1983-84. 161 Philosophy 59. Catholic Social and Political Thought. The course will study the Catholic tradition of social and political thought, recent theoretical developments in that tradition, and its rapidly growing influence on social and political move­ ments, especially in Latin America. The princi­ pal readings will be drawn firom 1) Papal social encyclicals, 2) documents o f the Second Vatican Council and Latin American Bishops’ Conferences, 3) writings of liberation theology. From time to time, selected applications o f this theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic communities” in Brazil, will also be studied. Not offered 1983-84. Lacey. metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­ pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of arithmetic, recursive function theory, axiomatic theories o f space and time, logical form and the structure o f natural languages, philosophical foundations o f arithmetic, foundations of geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor required. Not offered 1983-84. Lacey. 93. Directed Reading. Each semester. Staff. 96. Thesis. Fall semester. Staff. 87. Colloquium: Advanced Logic and Foundations of Mathem atics. 97. Se n io r Conference. A selection o f topics from the following: Fall semester. Eldridge. SEMINARS 101. M o ral Philosophy. 106. Aesthetics. An examination o f the principle theories about value and moral obligation, and o f their justification: o f the concepts o f justice and human rights; of the implications for ethics of different theories about the freedom o f the will. Works o f representative theorists, both classical and contemporary, will be read. Fall semester. Oberdiek. See Philosophy 17. Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge. 192. Ancient Philosophy. See Philosophy 14. Spring semester. Desjardins. 103. M odern Philosophy. Metaphysical and epistemological problems about the nature o f minds and bodies, the varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are ap­ proached through the philosophical systems of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant. Fall semester. Raff. 104. Contem porary Philosophy. One or more philosophical issues selected to illustrate 20th-century philosophical tech­ niques and theories; such as: the nature of emotion, value, human action, personal iden­ tity, truth, God, or imagination. Readings include current contributions and 20th-cen­ tury classics by Moore, Russell, or Wittgen­ stein. Spring semester. Raff. 162 107. Logic and Foundations of M athem atics. See Philosophy 87. Not offered 1983-84. Lacey. 109. M etaphysics. See Philosophy 27. Fall semester. Desjardins. 110. M edieval Philosophy. Not offered 1983-84. 111. Philosophy of Religion. See Religion Department Preparation by course and attachment. 113. Theory of Knowledge. Topics in epistemology explore the nature and limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from current theorists. Not offered 1983-84. Raff. 114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy. See Philosophy 29. Spring semester. Eldridge. 115. Language and Thought See Linguistics 107. 116. Philosophy of Language. See Philosophy 26. Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge. 117. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. See Philosphy 18. Fall semester. Schuldenfrei. 118. Philosophy of Psychology. The study will center upon behaviorism, its various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it, in particular cognitive theories. There will be selected topics from the methodological and philosophical foundations o f behaviorism, types o f theoretical concepts used in psychol­ ogy, the explanatory function of various theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and neurophysiological), the explanation o f lin­ guistic behavior, the compatibility o f deter­ minism with psychology, the relation between structural and functional explanation, criteria o f choice between conflicting theories, the relevance of values to theory choice. Not offered 1983-84. Lacey. the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made through an analysis o f important episodes in the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle, Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and Newton will be studied, as well as contempo­ rary writings in the philosophy o f science. Not offered 1983-84 Lacey. 121. Social and Political Philosophy. See Philosophy 21. Spring semester. Schuldenfrei. 122. Philosophy of Law. 119. H istory and Philosophy of Science. A study o f concepts o f law, including examina­ tion o f the relationships between legal systems and other social and political institutions. Such issues as the proper relationship between law and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­ ment of morality, and justification o f punish­ ment are considered. Readings in both histori­ cal and contemporary sources. Spring semester. Oberdiek. An examination o f some of the central prob­ lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the nature o f scientific explanations, the interrela­ tionship between theory and observation, criteria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory, A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place of one Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the department. 180. Thesis. Physical Education and Athletics 6 0 M E R N. DAVIES! Professor* ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor ERNEST J. PRUDENTE, Associate Professor DAVID D. SMOYER, Associate Professor and Chairman SU SA N P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor M IC H AEL L MULLAN, Assistant Professor DOUGLAS M. W EISS, Assistant Professor ELIZABETH D. WATTS, Instructor JOHN DiGREGORIO, Assistant LORI FRIES-SM ITH, Assistant JOSEPH KELLEHER, Assistant T H O M A S F. LAPINSKI, Assistant** C URTIS LAURER, Assistant** JOEL M ARC U S, Assistant J A M E S W. NOYES, Assistant! f C. J. STEFANOWICZ, Assistant** The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the total education o f all students through the medium o f physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be achieved through encouraging participation in a broad program o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics, and physical conditioning. The program provides an opportunity for instruction and experience in a variety o f these activities on all levels. It is our hope that participation in this program will foster an understanding o f move-* ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports-* manship, leadership, and cooperation in team play. Students are also encouraged to develop skill and interest in a variety o f activities which can be enjoyed after graduation. The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­ hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-one different sports, eleven for men and ten for women. During many of these activities con­ tests are arranged for junior varsity teams. Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of students to engage in intercollegiate competi­ tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged to participate in regional and national cham­ pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­ *Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983. **Fall semester, 1983. 164 ous sports are also organized and a program of intramural activities is sponsored. Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­ tional and recreational opportunities offered by the Department throughout their college careers. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter of swimming instruction; classes for this purpose are offered in the fall quarter. Courses offered by the Department are listed below. Credit toward completion o f the Physi­ cal Education requirement will also be given for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well as for the following two dance courses: Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to Dance) and Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance Tech­ nique). To receive credit for any part o f the program students must participate in their chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu­ dents who have not fulfilled the Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter the junior year. f f Spring semester, 1984. Fall Activities Advanced Life Saving Aquatics Archery Badminton * * * * Cross Country *\ Field Hockey Folk